]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - bfd/elf.c
bfd/
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf.c
1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
2
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
12
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
17
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 /*
23 SECTION
24 ELF backends
25
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
29
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
33
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
35 #define _SYSCALL32
36 #include "bfd.h"
37 #include "sysdep.h"
38 #include "bfdlink.h"
39 #include "libbfd.h"
40 #define ARCH_SIZE 0
41 #include "elf-bfd.h"
42 #include "libiberty.h"
43
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
46 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
47 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean elfcore_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
49
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
53
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
55
56 void
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
60 {
61 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
62 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
63 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
64 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
65 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
66 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
67 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
68 }
69
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
71
72 void
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
75 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
76 {
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
84 }
85
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
87
88 void
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
92 {
93 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
94 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
95 }
96
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
98
99 void
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
103 {
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
106 }
107
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
109
110 void
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
114 {
115 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
116 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
117 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
118 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
119 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
120 }
121
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
123
124 void
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
127 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
128 {
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
134 }
135
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
137
138 void
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
142 {
143 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
144 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
145 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
146 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
147 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
148 }
149
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
151
152 void
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
156 {
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
162 }
163
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
165
166 void
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
168 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
170 {
171 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
172 }
173
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
175
176 void
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
179 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
180 {
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
182 }
183
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
186
187 unsigned long
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
189 {
190 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
191 unsigned long h = 0;
192 unsigned long g;
193 int ch;
194
195 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
196 {
197 h = (h << 4) + ch;
198 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
199 {
200 h ^= g >> 24;
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
203 h ^= g;
204 }
205 }
206 return h & 0xffffffff;
207 }
208
209 bfd_boolean
210 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
211 {
212 /* This just does initialization. */
213 /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */
214 elf_tdata (abfd) = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
215 if (elf_tdata (abfd) == 0)
216 return FALSE;
217 /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any
218 initialization? */
219
220 return TRUE;
221 }
222
223 bfd_boolean
224 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
225 {
226 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
227 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd);
228 }
229
230 char *
231 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
232 {
233 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
234 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
235 file_ptr offset;
236 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
237
238 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
239 if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
240 return NULL;
241
242 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
243 if (shstrtab == NULL)
244 {
245 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
246 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
247 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
248
249 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
250 in case the string table is not terminated. */
251 if (shstrtabsize + 1 == 0
252 || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
253 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
254 shstrtab = NULL;
255 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
256 {
257 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
258 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
259 shstrtab = NULL;
260 }
261 else
262 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
263 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
264 }
265 return (char *) shstrtab;
266 }
267
268 char *
269 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
270 unsigned int shindex,
271 unsigned int strindex)
272 {
273 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
274
275 if (strindex == 0)
276 return "";
277
278 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
279
280 if (hdr->contents == NULL
281 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
282 return NULL;
283
284 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
285 {
286 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
287 (*_bfd_error_handler)
288 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
289 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
290 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
291 ? ".shstrtab"
292 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
293 return "";
294 }
295
296 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
297 }
298
299 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
300 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
301 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
302 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
303 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
304
305 Elf_Internal_Sym *
306 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
307 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
308 size_t symcount,
309 size_t symoffset,
310 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
311 void *extsym_buf,
312 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
313 {
314 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
315 void *alloc_ext;
316 const bfd_byte *esym;
317 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
318 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
319 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
320 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
321 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
322 size_t extsym_size;
323 bfd_size_type amt;
324 file_ptr pos;
325
326 if (symcount == 0)
327 return intsym_buf;
328
329 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
330 shndx_hdr = NULL;
331 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
332 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
333
334 /* Read the symbols. */
335 alloc_ext = NULL;
336 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
337 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
338 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
339 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
340 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
341 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
342 {
343 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
344 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
345 }
346 if (extsym_buf == NULL
347 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
348 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
349 {
350 intsym_buf = NULL;
351 goto out;
352 }
353
354 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
355 extshndx_buf = NULL;
356 else
357 {
358 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
359 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
360 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
361 {
362 alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount,
363 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
364 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
365 }
366 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
367 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
368 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
369 {
370 intsym_buf = NULL;
371 goto out;
372 }
373 }
374
375 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
376 {
377 intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
378 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
379 goto out;
380 }
381
382 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
383 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
384 for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
385 isym < isymend;
386 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
387 (*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym);
388
389 out:
390 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
391 free (alloc_ext);
392 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
393 free (alloc_extshndx);
394
395 return intsym_buf;
396 }
397
398 /* Look up a symbol name. */
399 const char *
400 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
401 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
402 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
403 asection *sym_sec)
404 {
405 const char *name;
406 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
407 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
408
409 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
410 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
411 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)
412 && !(isym->st_shndx >= SHN_LORESERVE && isym->st_shndx <= SHN_HIRESERVE))
413 {
414 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
415 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
416 }
417
418 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
419 if (name == NULL)
420 name = "(null)";
421 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
422 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
423
424 return name;
425 }
426
427 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
428 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
429 pointers. */
430
431 typedef union elf_internal_group {
432 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
433 unsigned int flags;
434 } Elf_Internal_Group;
435
436 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
437 signature just a string? */
438
439 static const char *
440 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
441 {
442 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
443 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
444 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
445 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
446
447 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
448 that it is a symbol table section. */
449 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
450 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
451 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
452 return NULL;
453
454 /* Go read the symbol. */
455 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
456 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
457 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
458 return NULL;
459
460 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
461 }
462
463 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
464
465 static bfd_boolean
466 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
467 {
468 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
469
470 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
471 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
472 if (num_group == 0)
473 {
474 unsigned int i, shnum;
475
476 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
477 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
478 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
479 num_group = 0;
480 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
481 {
482 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
483 if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
484 num_group += 1;
485 }
486
487 if (num_group == 0)
488 {
489 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
490 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
491 }
492 else
493 {
494 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
495 so we can find them quickly. */
496 bfd_size_type amt;
497
498 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
499 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr
500 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
501 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
502 return FALSE;
503
504 num_group = 0;
505 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
506 {
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
508 if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
509 {
510 unsigned char *src;
511 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
512
513 /* Add to list of sections. */
514 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
515 num_group += 1;
516
517 /* Read the raw contents. */
518 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
519 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
520 shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size,
521 sizeof (*dest) / 4);
522 if (shdr->contents == NULL
523 || bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
524 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
525 != shdr->sh_size))
526 return FALSE;
527
528 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
529 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
530 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
531 pointers. */
532 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
533 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
534 while (1)
535 {
536 unsigned int idx;
537
538 src -= 4;
539 --dest;
540 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
541 if (src == shdr->contents)
542 {
543 dest->flags = idx;
544 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
545 shdr->bfd_section->flags
546 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
547 break;
548 }
549 if (idx >= shnum)
550 {
551 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
552 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
553 idx = 0;
554 }
555 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
556 }
557 }
558 }
559 }
560 }
561
562 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
563 {
564 unsigned int i;
565
566 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
567 {
568 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
569 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
570 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
571
572 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
573 section is a member. */
574 while (--n_elt != 0)
575 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
576 {
577 asection *s = NULL;
578
579 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
580 other members to see if any others are linked via
581 next_in_group. */
582 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
583 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
584 while (--n_elt != 0)
585 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
586 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
587 break;
588 if (n_elt != 0)
589 {
590 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
591 insert current section in circular list. */
592 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
593 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
594 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
595 }
596 else
597 {
598 const char *gname;
599
600 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
601 if (gname == NULL)
602 return FALSE;
603 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
604
605 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
606 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
607 }
608
609 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
610 new member. */
611 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
612 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
613
614 i = num_group - 1;
615 break;
616 }
617 }
618 }
619
620 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
621 {
622 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
623 abfd, newsect);
624 }
625 return TRUE;
626 }
627
628 bfd_boolean
629 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
630 {
631 unsigned int i;
632 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
633 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
634 asection *s;
635
636 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
637 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
638 {
639 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
640 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
641 {
642 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
643 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
644 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
645 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
646 if (elfsec == 0)
647 {
648 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
649 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
650 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
651 bed->link_order_error_handler
652 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
653 abfd, s);
654 }
655 else
656 {
657 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
658 elf_linked_to_section (s) = this_hdr->bfd_section;
659 }
660 }
661 }
662
663 /* Process section groups. */
664 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
665 return result;
666
667 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
668 {
669 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
670 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
671 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
672
673 while (--n_elt != 0)
674 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
675 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
676 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
677 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
678 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
679 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
680 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
681 relocation sections are in section group in input object
682 files. */
683 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
684 else
685 {
686 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
687 (*_bfd_error_handler)
688 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
689 abfd,
690 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
691 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
692 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
693 ->e_shstrndx),
694 idx->shdr->sh_name),
695 shdr->bfd_section->name);
696 result = FALSE;
697 }
698 }
699 return result;
700 }
701
702 bfd_boolean
703 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
704 {
705 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
706 }
707
708 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
709 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
710
711 bfd_boolean
712 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
713 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
714 const char *name,
715 int shindex)
716 {
717 asection *newsect;
718 flagword flags;
719 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
720
721 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
722 {
723 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
724 bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
725 return TRUE;
726 }
727
728 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
729 if (newsect == NULL)
730 return FALSE;
731
732 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
733 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
734 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
735
736 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
737 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
738 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
739
740 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
741
742 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
743 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
744 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
745 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign)))
746 return FALSE;
747
748 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
749 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
750 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
751 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
752 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
753 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
754 {
755 flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
756 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
757 flags |= SEC_LOAD;
758 }
759 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
760 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
761 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
762 flags |= SEC_CODE;
763 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
764 flags |= SEC_DATA;
765 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
766 {
767 flags |= SEC_MERGE;
768 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
769 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
770 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
771 }
772 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
773 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
774 return FALSE;
775 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
776 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
777
778 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
779 {
780 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
781 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
782 static const struct
783 {
784 const char *name;
785 int len;
786 } debug_sections [] =
787 {
788 { "debug", 5 }, /* 'd' */
789 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
790 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
791 { "gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17 }, /* 'g' */
792 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
793 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
794 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
795 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
796 { "line", 4 }, /* 'l' */
797 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
798 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
799 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
800 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
801 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
802 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
803 { "stab", 4 } /* 's' */
804 };
805
806 if (name [0] == '.')
807 {
808 int i = name [1] - 'd';
809 if (i >= 0
810 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
811 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
812 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
813 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
814 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
815 }
816 }
817
818 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
819 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
820 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
821 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
822 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
823 all but one of the sections. */
824 if (strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
825 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
826 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
827
828 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
829 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
830 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
831 return FALSE;
832
833 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
834 return FALSE;
835
836 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
837 {
838 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
839 unsigned int i;
840
841 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
842 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
843 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
844 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
845 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
846 {
847 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
848 break;
849 }
850 if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
851 {
852 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
853 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
854 {
855 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
856 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
857 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
858 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
859
860 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
861 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
862 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
863 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
864 place special significance on the address 0 and
865 executables need to be able to have a segment which
866 covers this address. */
867 if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
868 && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
869 && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
870 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
871 && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
872 || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
873 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
874 {
875 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
876 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
877 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
878 else
879 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
880 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
881 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
882 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
883 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
884 segment will contain sections with contiguous
885 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
886 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
887 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
888
889 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
890 offsets whether a section with zero size should
891 be placed at the end of one segment or the
892 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
893 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
894 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
895 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
896 break;
897 }
898 }
899 }
900 }
901
902 return TRUE;
903 }
904
905 /*
906 INTERNAL_FUNCTION
907 bfd_elf_find_section
908
909 SYNOPSIS
910 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
911
912 DESCRIPTION
913 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
914 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
915 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
916 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
917 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
918 */
919
920 struct elf_internal_shdr *
921 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name)
922 {
923 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
924 char *shstrtab;
925 unsigned int max;
926 unsigned int i;
927
928 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
929 if (i_shdrp != NULL)
930 {
931 shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
932 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
933 if (shstrtab != NULL)
934 {
935 max = elf_numsections (abfd);
936 for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
937 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
938 return i_shdrp[i];
939 }
940 }
941 return 0;
942 }
943
944 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
945 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
946 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
947 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
948 };
949
950 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
951 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
952 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
953 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
954 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
955 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
956 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
957 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
958 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
959
960 bfd_reloc_status_type
961 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
962 arelent *reloc_entry,
963 asymbol *symbol,
964 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
965 asection *input_section,
966 bfd *output_bfd,
967 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
968 {
969 if (output_bfd != NULL
970 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
971 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
972 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
973 {
974 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
975 return bfd_reloc_ok;
976 }
977
978 return bfd_reloc_continue;
979 }
980 \f
981 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
982
983 static void
984 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
985 asection *sec)
986 {
987 BFD_ASSERT (sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE);
988 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE;
989 }
990
991 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
992
993 bfd_boolean
994 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
995 {
996 bfd *ibfd;
997 asection *sec;
998
999 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1000 return FALSE;
1001
1002 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
1003 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0)
1004 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
1005 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
1006 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
1007 {
1008 struct bfd_elf_section_data *secdata;
1009
1010 secdata = elf_section_data (sec);
1011 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd,
1012 &elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
1013 sec, &secdata->sec_info))
1014 return FALSE;
1015 else if (secdata->sec_info)
1016 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE;
1017 }
1018
1019 if (elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info != NULL)
1020 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd, info, elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
1021 merge_sections_remove_hook);
1022 return TRUE;
1023 }
1024
1025 void
1026 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection *sec, struct bfd_link_info *info)
1027 {
1028 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1029 sec->output_offset = sec->vma;
1030 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1031 return;
1032
1033 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS;
1034 }
1035 \f
1036 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1037 another. */
1038
1039 bfd_boolean
1040 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1041 {
1042 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1043 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1044 return TRUE;
1045
1046 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1047 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1048 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1049
1050 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1051 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1052 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1053 return TRUE;
1054 }
1055
1056 /* Print out the program headers. */
1057
1058 bfd_boolean
1059 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1060 {
1061 FILE *f = farg;
1062 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1063 asection *s;
1064 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1065
1066 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1067 if (p != NULL)
1068 {
1069 unsigned int i, c;
1070
1071 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1072 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1073 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1074 {
1075 const char *pt;
1076 char buf[20];
1077
1078 switch (p->p_type)
1079 {
1080 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1081 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1082 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1083 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1084 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1085 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1086 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1087 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1088 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1089 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1090 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1091 default: sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); pt = buf; break;
1092 }
1093 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1094 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1095 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1096 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1097 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1098 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1099 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1100 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1101 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1102 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1103 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1104 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1105 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1106 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1107 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1108 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1109 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1110 fprintf (f, "\n");
1111 }
1112 }
1113
1114 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1115 if (s != NULL)
1116 {
1117 int elfsec;
1118 unsigned long shlink;
1119 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1120 size_t extdynsize;
1121 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1122
1123 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1124
1125 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1126 goto error_return;
1127
1128 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1129 if (elfsec == -1)
1130 goto error_return;
1131 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1132
1133 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1134 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1135
1136 extdyn = dynbuf;
1137 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1138 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1139 {
1140 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1141 const char *name;
1142 char ab[20];
1143 bfd_boolean stringp;
1144
1145 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1146
1147 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1148 break;
1149
1150 stringp = FALSE;
1151 switch (dyn.d_tag)
1152 {
1153 default:
1154 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1155 name = ab;
1156 break;
1157
1158 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1159 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1160 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1161 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1162 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1163 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1164 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1165 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1166 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1167 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1168 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1169 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1170 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1171 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1172 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1173 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1174 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1175 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1176 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1177 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1178 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1179 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1180 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1181 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1182 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1183 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1184 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1185 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1186 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1187 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1188 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1189 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1190 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1191 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1192 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1193 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1194 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1195 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1196 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1197 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1198 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1199 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1200 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1201 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1202 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1203 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1204 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1205 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1206 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1207 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1208 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1209 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1210 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1211 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1212 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1213 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1214 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1215 }
1216
1217 fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name);
1218 if (! stringp)
1219 fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
1220 else
1221 {
1222 const char *string;
1223 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1224
1225 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1226 if (string == NULL)
1227 goto error_return;
1228 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1229 }
1230 fprintf (f, "\n");
1231 }
1232
1233 free (dynbuf);
1234 dynbuf = NULL;
1235 }
1236
1237 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1238 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1239 {
1240 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1241 return FALSE;
1242 }
1243
1244 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1245 {
1246 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1247
1248 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1249 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1250 {
1251 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1252 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1253 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1254 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1255 {
1256 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1257
1258 fprintf (f, "\t");
1259 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1260 a != NULL;
1261 a = a->vda_nextptr)
1262 fprintf (f, "%s ",
1263 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1264 fprintf (f, "\n");
1265 }
1266 }
1267 }
1268
1269 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1270 {
1271 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1272
1273 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1274 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1275 {
1276 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1277
1278 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1279 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1280 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1281 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1282 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1283 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1284 }
1285 }
1286
1287 return TRUE;
1288
1289 error_return:
1290 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1291 free (dynbuf);
1292 return FALSE;
1293 }
1294
1295 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1296
1297 void
1298 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1299 void *filep,
1300 asymbol *symbol,
1301 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1302 {
1303 FILE *file = filep;
1304 switch (how)
1305 {
1306 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1307 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1308 break;
1309 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1310 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1311 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1312 fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
1313 break;
1314 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1315 {
1316 const char *section_name;
1317 const char *name = NULL;
1318 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1319 unsigned char st_other;
1320 bfd_vma val;
1321
1322 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1323
1324 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1325 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1326 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1327
1328 if (name == NULL)
1329 {
1330 name = symbol->name;
1331 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1332 }
1333
1334 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1335 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1336 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1337 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1338 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1339 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1340 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1341 else
1342 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1343 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1344
1345 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1346 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1347 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1348 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1349 {
1350 unsigned int vernum;
1351 const char *version_string;
1352
1353 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1354
1355 if (vernum == 0)
1356 version_string = "";
1357 else if (vernum == 1)
1358 version_string = "Base";
1359 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1360 version_string =
1361 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1362 else
1363 {
1364 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1365
1366 version_string = "";
1367 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1368 t != NULL;
1369 t = t->vn_nextref)
1370 {
1371 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1372
1373 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1374 {
1375 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1376 {
1377 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1378 break;
1379 }
1380 }
1381 }
1382 }
1383
1384 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1385 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1386 else
1387 {
1388 int i;
1389
1390 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1391 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1392 putc (' ', file);
1393 }
1394 }
1395
1396 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1397 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1398
1399 switch (st_other)
1400 {
1401 case 0: break;
1402 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1403 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1404 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1405 default:
1406 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1407 everything hex. */
1408 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1409 }
1410
1411 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1412 }
1413 break;
1414 }
1415 }
1416 \f
1417 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1418
1419 struct bfd_hash_entry *
1420 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1421 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1422 const char *string)
1423 {
1424 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1425 subclass. */
1426 if (entry == NULL)
1427 {
1428 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry));
1429 if (entry == NULL)
1430 return entry;
1431 }
1432
1433 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1434 entry = _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1435 if (entry != NULL)
1436 {
1437 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1438 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) table;
1439
1440 /* Set local fields. */
1441 ret->indx = -1;
1442 ret->dynindx = -1;
1443 ret->got = htab->init_got_refcount;
1444 ret->plt = htab->init_plt_refcount;
1445 memset (&ret->size, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)
1446 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry, size)));
1447 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1448 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1449 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1450 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1451 ret->non_elf = 1;
1452 }
1453
1454 return entry;
1455 }
1456
1457 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1458 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1459
1460 void
1461 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
1462 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
1463 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
1464 {
1465 bfd_signed_vma tmp;
1466 bfd_signed_vma lowest_valid = bed->can_refcount;
1467
1468 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1469 symbol which just became indirect. */
1470
1471 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
1472 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
1473 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
1474 dir->non_got_ref |= ind->non_got_ref;
1475 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
1476 dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed;
1477
1478 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1479 return;
1480
1481 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1482 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1483 tmp = dir->got.refcount;
1484 if (tmp < lowest_valid)
1485 {
1486 dir->got.refcount = ind->got.refcount;
1487 ind->got.refcount = tmp;
1488 }
1489 else
1490 BFD_ASSERT (ind->got.refcount < lowest_valid);
1491
1492 tmp = dir->plt.refcount;
1493 if (tmp < lowest_valid)
1494 {
1495 dir->plt.refcount = ind->plt.refcount;
1496 ind->plt.refcount = tmp;
1497 }
1498 else
1499 BFD_ASSERT (ind->plt.refcount < lowest_valid);
1500
1501 if (dir->dynindx == -1)
1502 {
1503 dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx;
1504 dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index;
1505 ind->dynindx = -1;
1506 ind->dynstr_index = 0;
1507 }
1508 else
1509 BFD_ASSERT (ind->dynindx == -1);
1510 }
1511
1512 void
1513 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1514 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1515 bfd_boolean force_local)
1516 {
1517 h->plt = elf_hash_table (info)->init_plt_offset;
1518 h->needs_plt = 0;
1519 if (force_local)
1520 {
1521 h->forced_local = 1;
1522 if (h->dynindx != -1)
1523 {
1524 h->dynindx = -1;
1525 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
1526 h->dynstr_index);
1527 }
1528 }
1529 }
1530
1531 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1532
1533 bfd_boolean
1534 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1535 (struct elf_link_hash_table *table,
1536 bfd *abfd,
1537 struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
1538 struct bfd_hash_table *,
1539 const char *))
1540 {
1541 bfd_boolean ret;
1542 int can_refcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->can_refcount;
1543
1544 table->dynamic_sections_created = FALSE;
1545 table->dynobj = NULL;
1546 table->init_got_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1;
1547 table->init_plt_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1;
1548 table->init_got_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
1549 table->init_plt_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
1550 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1551 table->dynsymcount = 1;
1552 table->dynstr = NULL;
1553 table->bucketcount = 0;
1554 table->needed = NULL;
1555 table->hgot = NULL;
1556 table->merge_info = NULL;
1557 memset (&table->stab_info, 0, sizeof (table->stab_info));
1558 memset (&table->eh_info, 0, sizeof (table->eh_info));
1559 table->dynlocal = NULL;
1560 table->runpath = NULL;
1561 table->tls_sec = NULL;
1562 table->tls_size = 0;
1563 table->loaded = NULL;
1564 table->is_relocatable_executable = FALSE;
1565
1566 ret = _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc);
1567 table->root.type = bfd_link_elf_hash_table;
1568
1569 return ret;
1570 }
1571
1572 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1573
1574 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
1575 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
1576 {
1577 struct elf_link_hash_table *ret;
1578 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table);
1579
1580 ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
1581 if (ret == NULL)
1582 return NULL;
1583
1584 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
1585 {
1586 free (ret);
1587 return NULL;
1588 }
1589
1590 return &ret->root;
1591 }
1592
1593 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1594 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1595 entry for a dynamic object. */
1596
1597 void
1598 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
1599 {
1600 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1601 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1602 elf_dt_name (abfd) = name;
1603 }
1604
1605 int
1606 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd)
1607 {
1608 int lib_class;
1609 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1610 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1611 lib_class = elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd);
1612 else
1613 lib_class = 0;
1614 return lib_class;
1615 }
1616
1617 void
1618 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd, int lib_class)
1619 {
1620 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1621 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1622 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) = lib_class;
1623 }
1624
1625 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1626 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1627
1628 struct bfd_link_needed_list *
1629 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1630 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1631 {
1632 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1633 return NULL;
1634 return elf_hash_table (info)->needed;
1635 }
1636
1637 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1638 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1639
1640 struct bfd_link_needed_list *
1641 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1642 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1643 {
1644 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1645 return NULL;
1646 return elf_hash_table (info)->runpath;
1647 }
1648
1649 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1650 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1651 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1652
1653 const char *
1654 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd *abfd)
1655 {
1656 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1657 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1658 return elf_dt_name (abfd);
1659 return NULL;
1660 }
1661
1662 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1663 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1664
1665 bfd_boolean
1666 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd *abfd,
1667 struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded)
1668 {
1669 asection *s;
1670 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1671 int elfsec;
1672 unsigned long shlink;
1673 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1674 size_t extdynsize;
1675 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1676
1677 *pneeded = NULL;
1678
1679 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1680 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object)
1681 return TRUE;
1682
1683 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1684 if (s == NULL || s->size == 0)
1685 return TRUE;
1686
1687 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1688 goto error_return;
1689
1690 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1691 if (elfsec == -1)
1692 goto error_return;
1693
1694 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1695
1696 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1697 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1698
1699 extdyn = dynbuf;
1700 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1701 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1702 {
1703 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1704
1705 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1706
1707 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1708 break;
1709
1710 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED)
1711 {
1712 const char *string;
1713 struct bfd_link_needed_list *l;
1714 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1715 bfd_size_type amt;
1716
1717 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1718 if (string == NULL)
1719 goto error_return;
1720
1721 amt = sizeof *l;
1722 l = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1723 if (l == NULL)
1724 goto error_return;
1725
1726 l->by = abfd;
1727 l->name = string;
1728 l->next = *pneeded;
1729 *pneeded = l;
1730 }
1731 }
1732
1733 free (dynbuf);
1734
1735 return TRUE;
1736
1737 error_return:
1738 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1739 free (dynbuf);
1740 return FALSE;
1741 }
1742 \f
1743 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1744
1745 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1746 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1747 {
1748 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1749
1750 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1751 if (ret != NULL)
1752 {
1753 bfd_size_type loc;
1754
1755 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1756 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1757 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1758 {
1759 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1760 ret = NULL;
1761 }
1762 }
1763 return ret;
1764 }
1765 \f
1766 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1767
1768 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1769
1770 bfd_boolean
1771 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1772 {
1773 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1774 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1775 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1776 const char *name;
1777
1778 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
1779 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx,
1780 hdr->sh_name);
1781 if (name == NULL)
1782 return FALSE;
1783
1784 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1785 {
1786 case SHT_NULL:
1787 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1788 return TRUE;
1789
1790 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1791 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1792 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1793 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1794 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1795 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1796 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1797 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1798 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1799
1800 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1801 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1802 return FALSE;
1803 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)
1804 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1805 return FALSE;
1806 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1807 {
1808 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1809
1810 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1811 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1812 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1813 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1814 {
1815 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1816 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1817 }
1818 else
1819 {
1820 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1821
1822 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1823 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1824 {
1825 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1826 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1827 {
1828 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1829 break;
1830 }
1831 }
1832 }
1833 }
1834 break;
1835
1836 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1837 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1838 return TRUE;
1839
1840 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1841 return FALSE;
1842 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1843 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1844 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1845 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1846 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1847
1848 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1849 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1850 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1851 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1852 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1853 linker. */
1854 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1855 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1856 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1857 shindex))
1858 return FALSE;
1859
1860 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1861 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1862 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1863 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1864 {
1865 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1866
1867 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1868 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1869 {
1870 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1871 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1872 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1873 break;
1874 }
1875 if (i == num_sec)
1876 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1877 {
1878 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1879 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1880 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1881 break;
1882 }
1883 if (i != shindex)
1884 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1885 }
1886 return TRUE;
1887
1888 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1889 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1890 return TRUE;
1891
1892 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1893 return FALSE;
1894 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1895 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1896 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1897 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1898 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1899
1900 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1901 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1902 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1903
1904 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1905 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1906 return TRUE;
1907
1908 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1909 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1910 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1911 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1912 return TRUE;
1913
1914 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1915 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1916 return TRUE;
1917 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1918 {
1919 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1920 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1921 return TRUE;
1922 }
1923 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1924 {
1925 symtab_strtab:
1926 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1927 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1928 return TRUE;
1929 }
1930 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1931 {
1932 dynsymtab_strtab:
1933 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1934 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1935 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1936 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1937 can handle it. */
1938 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1939 shindex);
1940 }
1941
1942 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1943 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1944 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1945 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1946 {
1947 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1948
1949 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1950 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1951 {
1952 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1953 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1954 {
1955 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1956 if (i == shindex)
1957 return FALSE;
1958 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1959 return FALSE;
1960 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1961 goto symtab_strtab;
1962 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1963 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1964 }
1965 }
1966 }
1967 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1968
1969 case SHT_REL:
1970 case SHT_RELA:
1971 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1972 {
1973 asection *target_sect;
1974 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
1975 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1976
1977 if (hdr->sh_entsize
1978 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1979 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1980 return FALSE;
1981
1982 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1983 if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
1984 || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1985 {
1986 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1987 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1988 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1989 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1990 shindex);
1991 }
1992
1993 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1994 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1995 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1996 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1997 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1998 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1999 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
2000 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
2001 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
2002 {
2003 unsigned int scan;
2004 int found;
2005
2006 found = 0;
2007 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
2008 {
2009 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2010 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2011 {
2012 if (found != 0)
2013 {
2014 found = 0;
2015 break;
2016 }
2017 found = scan;
2018 }
2019 }
2020 if (found != 0)
2021 hdr->sh_link = found;
2022 }
2023
2024 /* Get the symbol table. */
2025 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2026 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2027 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
2028 return FALSE;
2029
2030 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2031 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2032 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2033 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2034 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2035 section. */
2036 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF)
2037 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2038 shindex);
2039
2040 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2041 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
2042 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2043 return FALSE;
2044 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
2045 return FALSE;
2046 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
2047 if (target_sect == NULL)
2048 return FALSE;
2049
2050 if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
2051 || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
2052 hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
2053 else
2054 {
2055 bfd_size_type amt;
2056 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
2057 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
2058 hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2059 elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
2060 }
2061 *hdr2 = *hdr;
2062 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
2063 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
2064 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
2065 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
2066 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
2067 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2068 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2069 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2070 target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
2071 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
2072 return TRUE;
2073 }
2074 break;
2075
2076 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2077 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
2078 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
2079 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2080 break;
2081
2082 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2083 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
2084 return FALSE;
2085 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
2086 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
2087 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2088 break;
2089
2090 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2091 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
2092 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
2093 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2094 break;
2095
2096 case SHT_SHLIB:
2097 return TRUE;
2098
2099 case SHT_GROUP:
2100 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2101 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2102 name. */
2103 if (hdr->sh_entsize != GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)
2104 return FALSE;
2105 name = group_signature (abfd, hdr);
2106 if (name == NULL)
2107 return FALSE;
2108 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2109 return FALSE;
2110 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
2111 {
2112 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
2113 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / 4;
2114 asection *s;
2115
2116 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
2117 hdr->bfd_section->flags
2118 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
2119
2120 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2121 idx += n_elt;
2122 while (--n_elt != 0)
2123 if ((s = (--idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
2124 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
2125 {
2126 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
2127 break;
2128 }
2129 }
2130 break;
2131
2132 default:
2133 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2134 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2135 shindex);
2136 }
2137
2138 return TRUE;
2139 }
2140
2141 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2142 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2143
2144 asection *
2145 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd,
2146 struct sym_sec_cache *cache,
2147 asection *sec,
2148 unsigned long r_symndx)
2149 {
2150 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2151 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2152 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2153 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
2154 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2155
2156 if (cache->abfd == abfd && cache->indx[ent] == r_symndx)
2157 return cache->sec[ent];
2158
2159 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2160 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2161 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2162 return NULL;
2163
2164 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2165 {
2166 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2167 cache->abfd = abfd;
2168 }
2169 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2170 cache->sec[ent] = sec;
2171 if ((isym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && isym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE)
2172 || isym.st_shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE)
2173 {
2174 asection *s;
2175 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym.st_shndx);
2176 if (s != NULL)
2177 cache->sec[ent] = s;
2178 }
2179 return cache->sec[ent];
2180 }
2181
2182 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2183 section. */
2184
2185 asection *
2186 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index)
2187 {
2188 if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2189 return NULL;
2190 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
2191 }
2192
2193 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2194 {
2195 { ".bss", 4, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2196 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2197 };
2198
2199 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2200 {
2201 { ".comment", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2202 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2203 };
2204
2205 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2206 {
2207 { ".data", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2208 { ".data1", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2209 { ".debug", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2210 { ".debug_line", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2211 { ".debug_info", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2212 { ".debug_abbrev", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2213 { ".debug_aranges", 14, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2214 { ".dynamic", 8, 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2215 { ".dynstr", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2216 { ".dynsym", 7, 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2217 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2218 };
2219
2220 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2221 {
2222 { ".fini", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2223 { ".fini_array", 11, 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2224 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2225 };
2226
2227 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2228 {
2229 { ".gnu.linkonce.b",15, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2230 { ".got", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2231 { ".gnu.version", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2232 { ".gnu.version_d", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2233 { ".gnu.version_r", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2234 { ".gnu.liblist", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2235 { ".gnu.conflict", 13, 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2236 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2237 };
2238
2239 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2240 {
2241 { ".hash", 5, 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2242 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2243 };
2244
2245 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2246 {
2247 { ".init", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2248 { ".init_array", 11, 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2249 { ".interp", 7, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2250 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2251 };
2252
2253 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2254 {
2255 { ".line", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2256 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2257 };
2258
2259 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2260 {
2261 { ".note.GNU-stack",15, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2262 { ".note", 5, -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2263 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2264 };
2265
2266 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2267 {
2268 { ".preinit_array", 14, 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2269 { ".plt", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2270 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2271 };
2272
2273 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2274 {
2275 { ".rodata", 7, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2276 { ".rodata1", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2277 { ".rela", 5, -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2278 { ".rel", 4, -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2279 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2280 };
2281
2282 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2283 {
2284 { ".shstrtab", 9, 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2285 { ".strtab", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2286 { ".symtab", 7, 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2287 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2288 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2289 };
2290
2291 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2292 {
2293 { ".text", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2294 { ".tbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2295 { ".tdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2296 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2297 };
2298
2299 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] =
2300 {
2301 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2302 special_sections_c, /* 'b' */
2303 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2304 NULL, /* 'e' */
2305 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2306 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2307 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2308 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2309 NULL, /* 'j' */
2310 NULL, /* 'k' */
2311 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2312 NULL, /* 'm' */
2313 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2314 NULL, /* 'o' */
2315 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2316 NULL, /* 'q' */
2317 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2318 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2319 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2320 };
2321
2322 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2323 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2324 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2325 unsigned int rela)
2326 {
2327 int i;
2328 int len;
2329
2330 len = strlen (name);
2331
2332 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2333 {
2334 int suffix_len;
2335 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2336
2337 if (len < prefix_len)
2338 continue;
2339 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2340 continue;
2341
2342 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2343 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2344 {
2345 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2346 {
2347 if (suffix_len == 0)
2348 continue;
2349 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2350 && (suffix_len == -2
2351 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2352 continue;
2353 }
2354 }
2355 else
2356 {
2357 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2358 continue;
2359 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2360 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2361 suffix_len) != 0)
2362 continue;
2363 }
2364 return &spec[i];
2365 }
2366
2367 return NULL;
2368 }
2369
2370 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2371 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2372 {
2373 int i;
2374 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2375 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2376
2377 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2378 if (sec->name == NULL)
2379 return NULL;
2380
2381 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2382 spec = bed->special_sections;
2383 if (spec)
2384 {
2385 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2386 bed->special_sections,
2387 sec->use_rela_p);
2388 if (spec != NULL)
2389 return spec;
2390 }
2391
2392 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2393 return NULL;
2394
2395 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2396 if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b')
2397 return NULL;
2398
2399 spec = special_sections[i];
2400
2401 if (spec == NULL)
2402 return NULL;
2403
2404 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2405 }
2406
2407 bfd_boolean
2408 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2409 {
2410 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2411 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2412 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2413
2414 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2415 if (sdata == NULL)
2416 {
2417 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
2418 if (sdata == NULL)
2419 return FALSE;
2420 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2421 }
2422
2423 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2424 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2425 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2426
2427 /* When we read a file, we don't need section type and flags unless
2428 it is a linker created section. They will be overridden in
2429 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr anyway. */
2430 if (abfd->direction != read_direction
2431 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2432 {
2433 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2434 if (ssect != NULL)
2435 {
2436 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2437 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2438 }
2439 }
2440
2441 return TRUE;
2442 }
2443
2444 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2445
2446 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2447 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2448 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2449 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2450
2451 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2452 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2453 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2454 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2455 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2456 of combined data+bss.
2457
2458 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2459 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2460 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2461 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2462 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2463
2464 */
2465
2466 bfd_boolean
2467 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2468 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2469 int index,
2470 const char *typename)
2471 {
2472 asection *newsect;
2473 char *name;
2474 char namebuf[64];
2475 size_t len;
2476 int split;
2477
2478 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2479 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2480 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2481 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
2482 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2483 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2484 if (!name)
2485 return FALSE;
2486 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2487 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2488 if (newsect == NULL)
2489 return FALSE;
2490 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2491 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2492 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2493 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2494 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2495 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2496 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2497 {
2498 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2499 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2500 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2501 {
2502 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2503 may be data. */
2504 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2505 }
2506 }
2507 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2508 {
2509 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2510 }
2511
2512 if (split)
2513 {
2514 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index);
2515 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2516 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2517 if (!name)
2518 return FALSE;
2519 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2520 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2521 if (newsect == NULL)
2522 return FALSE;
2523 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2524 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2525 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2526 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2527 {
2528 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2529 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2530 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2531 }
2532 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2533 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2534 }
2535
2536 return TRUE;
2537 }
2538
2539 bfd_boolean
2540 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index)
2541 {
2542 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2543
2544 switch (hdr->p_type)
2545 {
2546 case PT_NULL:
2547 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
2548
2549 case PT_LOAD:
2550 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
2551
2552 case PT_DYNAMIC:
2553 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
2554
2555 case PT_INTERP:
2556 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
2557
2558 case PT_NOTE:
2559 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
2560 return FALSE;
2561 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2562 return FALSE;
2563 return TRUE;
2564
2565 case PT_SHLIB:
2566 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
2567
2568 case PT_PHDR:
2569 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
2570
2571 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2572 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
2573 "eh_frame_hdr");
2574
2575 case PT_GNU_STACK:
2576 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack");
2577
2578 case PT_GNU_RELRO:
2579 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro");
2580
2581 default:
2582 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2583 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2584 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc");
2585 }
2586 }
2587
2588 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2589 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2590 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2591
2592 bfd_boolean
2593 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2594 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
2595 asection *asect,
2596 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2597 {
2598 char *name;
2599 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2600 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2601
2602 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2603 if (name == NULL)
2604 return FALSE;
2605 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2606 rel_hdr->sh_name =
2607 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2608 FALSE);
2609 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2610 return FALSE;
2611 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2612 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2613 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2614 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2615 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2616 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2617 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2618 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2619 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2620
2621 return TRUE;
2622 }
2623
2624 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2625
2626 static void
2627 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg)
2628 {
2629 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2630 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2631 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2632
2633 if (*failedptr)
2634 {
2635 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2636 loop. */
2637 return;
2638 }
2639
2640 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
2641
2642 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2643 asect->name, FALSE);
2644 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2645 {
2646 *failedptr = TRUE;
2647 return;
2648 }
2649
2650 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2651
2652 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2653 || asect->user_set_vma)
2654 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2655 else
2656 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2657
2658 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2659 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2660 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2661 this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2662 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2663 copy_private_section_data. */
2664
2665 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2666 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2667
2668 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2669 asect->flags. */
2670 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2671 {
2672 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2673 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2674 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2675 && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2676 || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
2677 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2678 else
2679 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
2680 }
2681
2682 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2683 {
2684 default:
2685 break;
2686
2687 case SHT_STRTAB:
2688 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2689 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2690 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2691 case SHT_NOTE:
2692 case SHT_NOBITS:
2693 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2694 break;
2695
2696 case SHT_HASH:
2697 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2698 break;
2699
2700 case SHT_DYNSYM:
2701 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2702 break;
2703
2704 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
2705 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2706 break;
2707
2708 case SHT_RELA:
2709 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2710 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2711 break;
2712
2713 case SHT_REL:
2714 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2715 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2716 break;
2717
2718 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2719 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2720 break;
2721
2722 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2723 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2724 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2725 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2726 zero. */
2727 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2728 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2729 else
2730 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2731 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2732 break;
2733
2734 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2735 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2736 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2737 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2738 zero. */
2739 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2740 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2741 else
2742 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2743 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2744 break;
2745
2746 case SHT_GROUP:
2747 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 4;
2748 break;
2749 }
2750
2751 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2752 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2753 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2754 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2755 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2756 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2757 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2758 {
2759 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2760 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2761 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2762 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2763 }
2764 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2765 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2766 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2767 {
2768 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2769 if (asect->size == 0 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2770 {
2771 struct bfd_link_order *o;
2772
2773 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2774 for (o = asect->map_head.link_order; o != NULL; o = o->next)
2775 if (this_hdr->sh_size < o->offset + o->size)
2776 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2777 if (this_hdr->sh_size)
2778 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2779 }
2780 }
2781
2782 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2783 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2784 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2785 *failedptr = TRUE;
2786
2787 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2788 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2789 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2790 create the other. */
2791 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
2792 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2793 &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
2794 asect,
2795 asect->use_rela_p))
2796 *failedptr = TRUE;
2797 }
2798
2799 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2800
2801 void
2802 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2803 {
2804 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2805 unsigned long symindx;
2806 asection *elt, *first;
2807 unsigned char *loc;
2808 bfd_boolean gas;
2809
2810 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2811 elfxx-ia64.c. */
2812 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2813 || *failedptr)
2814 return;
2815
2816 symindx = 0;
2817 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2818 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2819
2820 if (symindx == 0)
2821 {
2822 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2823 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2824 if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
2825 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2826 else
2827 symindx = sec->target_index;
2828 }
2829 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2830
2831 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2832 gas = TRUE;
2833 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2834 {
2835 gas = FALSE;
2836 sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2837
2838 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2839 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2840 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2841 {
2842 *failedptr = TRUE;
2843 return;
2844 }
2845 }
2846
2847 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2848
2849 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2850 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2851 start of the input section group. */
2852 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2853
2854 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2855 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2856 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2857 directives, not that it matters. */
2858 while (elt != NULL)
2859 {
2860 asection *s;
2861 unsigned int idx;
2862
2863 loc -= 4;
2864 s = elt;
2865 if (!gas)
2866 s = s->output_section;
2867 idx = 0;
2868 if (s != NULL)
2869 idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2870 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2871 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2872 if (elt == first)
2873 break;
2874 }
2875
2876 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2877 abort ();
2878
2879 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2880 }
2881
2882 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2883 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2884 in here too, while we're at it. */
2885
2886 static bfd_boolean
2887 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2888 {
2889 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2890 asection *sec;
2891 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2892 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2893 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2894
2895 section_number = 1;
2896
2897 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2898
2899 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2900 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2901 {
2902 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2903 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2904 {
2905 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2906
2907 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2908 {
2909 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2910 {
2911 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2912 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2913 abfd->section_count--;
2914 }
2915 else
2916 {
2917 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2918 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2919 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2920 }
2921 }
2922 }
2923 }
2924
2925 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2926 {
2927 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2928
2929 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2930 {
2931 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2932 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2933 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2934 }
2935 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2936 if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
2937 d->rel_idx = 0;
2938 else
2939 {
2940 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2941 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2942 d->rel_idx = section_number++;
2943 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
2944 }
2945
2946 if (d->rel_hdr2)
2947 {
2948 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2949 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2950 d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
2951 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
2952 }
2953 else
2954 d->rel_idx2 = 0;
2955 }
2956
2957 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2958 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2959 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
2960 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2961 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
2962
2963 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2964 {
2965 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2966 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2967 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
2968 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
2969 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
2970 {
2971 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2972 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2973 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
2974 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
2975 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2976 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
2977 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2978 return FALSE;
2979 }
2980 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2981 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2982 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
2983 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
2984 }
2985
2986 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2987 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2988
2989 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
2990 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
2991 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE)
2992 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2993
2994 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
2995 indices. */
2996 i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
2997 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
2998 return FALSE;
2999
3000 i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3001 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3002 {
3003 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3004 return FALSE;
3005 }
3006
3007 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3008
3009 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3010 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3011 {
3012 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3013 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > SHN_LORESERVE)
3014 {
3015 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3016 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3017 }
3018 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3019 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
3020 }
3021
3022 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3023 {
3024 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
3025 asection *s;
3026 const char *name;
3027
3028 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3029 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
3030 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
3031 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
3032 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
3033
3034 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3035
3036 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3037 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3038 the relocation entries apply. */
3039 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
3040 {
3041 d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3042 d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
3043 }
3044 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
3045 {
3046 d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3047 d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3048 }
3049
3050 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3051 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3052 {
3053 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3054 if (s)
3055 {
3056 if (link_info != NULL)
3057 {
3058 /* For linker, elf_linked_to_section points to the
3059 input section. */
3060 if (elf_discarded_section (s))
3061 {
3062 asection *kept;
3063 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3064 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3065 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3066 s, s->owner);
3067 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3068 size as the discarded one. */
3069 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s);
3070 if (kept == NULL)
3071 {
3072 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3073 return FALSE;
3074 }
3075 s = kept;
3076 }
3077 s = s->output_section;
3078 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3079 }
3080 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3081 }
3082 else
3083 {
3084 /* PR 290:
3085 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3086 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3087 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3088 where s is NULL. */
3089 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3090 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3091 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3092 bed->link_order_error_handler
3093 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3094 abfd, sec);
3095 }
3096 }
3097
3098 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3099 {
3100 case SHT_REL:
3101 case SHT_RELA:
3102 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3103 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3104 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3105 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3106 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3107 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3108 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3109 if (s != NULL)
3110 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3111
3112 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3113 name = sec->name;
3114 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
3115 name += 4;
3116 else
3117 name += 5;
3118 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3119 if (s != NULL)
3120 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3121 break;
3122
3123 case SHT_STRTAB:
3124 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3125 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3126 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3127 field to point to this section. */
3128 if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0
3129 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3130 {
3131 size_t len;
3132 char *alc;
3133
3134 len = strlen (sec->name);
3135 alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3136 if (alc == NULL)
3137 return FALSE;
3138 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3139 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3140 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3141 free (alc);
3142 if (s != NULL)
3143 {
3144 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3145
3146 /* This is a .stab section. */
3147 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3148 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3149 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3150 }
3151 }
3152 break;
3153
3154 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
3155 case SHT_DYNSYM:
3156 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3157 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3158 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3159 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3160 version strings. */
3161 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3162 if (s != NULL)
3163 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3164 break;
3165
3166 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3167 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3168 list
3169 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3170 version strings. */
3171 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3172 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3173 if (s != NULL)
3174 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3175 break;
3176
3177 case SHT_HASH:
3178 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3179 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3180 this hash table or version table is for. */
3181 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3182 if (s != NULL)
3183 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3184 break;
3185
3186 case SHT_GROUP:
3187 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3188 }
3189 }
3190
3191 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3192 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3193 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3194 else
3195 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3196 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3197 return TRUE;
3198 }
3199
3200 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3201 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3202
3203 static int
3204 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3205 {
3206 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3207 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3208 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3209 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3210
3211 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
3212 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3213 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3214 }
3215
3216 static bfd_boolean
3217 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3218 {
3219 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3220 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3221 asymbol **sect_syms;
3222 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3223 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3224 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3225 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3226 int max_index = 0;
3227 unsigned int idx;
3228 asection *asect;
3229 asymbol **new_syms;
3230
3231 #ifdef DEBUG
3232 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3233 fflush (stderr);
3234 #endif
3235
3236 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3237 {
3238 if (max_index < asect->index)
3239 max_index = asect->index;
3240 }
3241
3242 max_index++;
3243 sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3244 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3245 return FALSE;
3246 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3247 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3248
3249 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3250 decided to output. */
3251 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3252 {
3253 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3254
3255 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3256 && sym->value == 0)
3257 {
3258 asection *sec;
3259
3260 sec = sym->section;
3261
3262 if (sec->owner != NULL)
3263 {
3264 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3265 {
3266 if (sec->output_offset != 0)
3267 continue;
3268
3269 sec = sec->output_section;
3270
3271 /* Empty sections in the input files may have had a
3272 section symbol created for them. (See the comment
3273 near the end of _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols in
3274 linker.c). If the linker script discards such
3275 sections then we will reach this point. Since we know
3276 that we cannot avoid this case, we detect it and skip
3277 the abort and the assignment to the sect_syms array.
3278 To reproduce this particular case try running the
3279 linker testsuite test ld-scripts/weak.exp for an ELF
3280 port that uses the generic linker. */
3281 if (sec->owner == NULL)
3282 continue;
3283
3284 BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd);
3285 }
3286 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3287 }
3288 }
3289 }
3290
3291 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3292 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3293 {
3294 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3295 num_locals++;
3296 else
3297 num_globals++;
3298 }
3299
3300 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each BFD section. Most normal
3301 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3302 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3303 at least in that case. */
3304 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3305 {
3306 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3307 {
3308 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3309 num_locals++;
3310 else
3311 num_globals++;
3312 }
3313 }
3314
3315 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3316 new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *));
3317
3318 if (new_syms == NULL)
3319 return FALSE;
3320
3321 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3322 {
3323 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3324 unsigned int i;
3325
3326 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3327 i = num_locals2++;
3328 else
3329 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3330 new_syms[i] = sym;
3331 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3332 }
3333 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3334 {
3335 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3336 {
3337 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3338 unsigned int i;
3339
3340 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3341 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3342 i = num_locals2++;
3343 else
3344 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3345 new_syms[i] = sym;
3346 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3347 }
3348 }
3349
3350 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3351
3352 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3353 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3354 return TRUE;
3355 }
3356
3357 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3358 ELF data structure. */
3359
3360 static inline file_ptr
3361 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3362 {
3363 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3364 }
3365
3366 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3367 required section alignment. */
3368
3369 file_ptr
3370 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3371 file_ptr offset,
3372 bfd_boolean align)
3373 {
3374 if (align)
3375 {
3376 unsigned int al;
3377
3378 al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
3379 if (al > 1)
3380 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
3381 }
3382 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3383 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3384 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3385 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3386 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3387 return offset;
3388 }
3389
3390 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3391 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3392 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3393
3394 bfd_boolean
3395 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3396 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3397 {
3398 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3399 bfd_boolean failed;
3400 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3401 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3402
3403 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3404 return TRUE;
3405
3406 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3407 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3408 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3409
3410 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3411 return FALSE;
3412
3413 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3414 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3415 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3416
3417 failed = FALSE;
3418 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
3419 if (failed)
3420 return FALSE;
3421
3422 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3423 return FALSE;
3424
3425 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3426 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3427 {
3428 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3429 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3430
3431 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3432 return FALSE;
3433 }
3434
3435 if (link_info == NULL)
3436 {
3437 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3438 if (failed)
3439 return FALSE;
3440 }
3441
3442 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3443 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3444 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3445 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3446 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3447 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3448 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3449 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3450 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3451 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3452 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3453
3454 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3455 return FALSE;
3456
3457 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3458 {
3459 file_ptr off;
3460 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3461
3462 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3463
3464 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3465 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3466
3467 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3468 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3469 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3470
3471 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3472 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3473
3474 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3475
3476 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3477 out. */
3478 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3479 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3480 return FALSE;
3481 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3482 }
3483
3484 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3485
3486 return TRUE;
3487 }
3488
3489 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3490
3491 static struct elf_segment_map *
3492 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3493 asection **sections,
3494 unsigned int from,
3495 unsigned int to,
3496 bfd_boolean phdr)
3497 {
3498 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3499 unsigned int i;
3500 asection **hdrpp;
3501 bfd_size_type amt;
3502
3503 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3504 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3505 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3506 if (m == NULL)
3507 return NULL;
3508 m->next = NULL;
3509 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3510 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3511 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3512 m->count = to - from;
3513
3514 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3515 {
3516 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3517 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3518 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3519 }
3520
3521 return m;
3522 }
3523
3524 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3525 on failure. */
3526
3527 struct elf_segment_map *
3528 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3529 {
3530 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3531
3532 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3533 if (m == NULL)
3534 return NULL;
3535 m->next = NULL;
3536 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3537 m->count = 1;
3538 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3539
3540 return m;
3541 }
3542
3543 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3544
3545 static bfd_boolean
3546 map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd)
3547 {
3548 asection **sections = NULL;
3549 asection *s;
3550 unsigned int i;
3551 unsigned int count;
3552 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3553 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3554 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3555 asection *last_hdr;
3556 bfd_vma last_size;
3557 unsigned int phdr_index;
3558 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3559 asection **hdrpp;
3560 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3561 bfd_boolean writable;
3562 int tls_count = 0;
3563 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3564 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3565 bfd_size_type amt;
3566
3567 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
3568 return TRUE;
3569
3570 if (bfd_count_sections (abfd) == 0)
3571 return TRUE;
3572
3573 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3574
3575 sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *));
3576 if (sections == NULL)
3577 goto error_return;
3578
3579 i = 0;
3580 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3581 {
3582 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3583 {
3584 sections[i] = s;
3585 ++i;
3586 }
3587 }
3588 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3589 count = i;
3590
3591 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3592
3593 /* Build the mapping. */
3594
3595 mfirst = NULL;
3596 pm = &mfirst;
3597
3598 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3599 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3600 section. */
3601 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3602 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3603 {
3604 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3605 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3606 if (m == NULL)
3607 goto error_return;
3608 m->next = NULL;
3609 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3610 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3611 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3612 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3613 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3614
3615 *pm = m;
3616 pm = &m->next;
3617
3618 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3619 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3620 if (m == NULL)
3621 goto error_return;
3622 m->next = NULL;
3623 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3624 m->count = 1;
3625 m->sections[0] = s;
3626
3627 *pm = m;
3628 pm = &m->next;
3629 }
3630
3631 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3632 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3633 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3634 last_hdr = NULL;
3635 last_size = 0;
3636 phdr_index = 0;
3637 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->maxpagesize;
3638 writable = FALSE;
3639 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3640 if (dynsec != NULL
3641 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3642 dynsec = NULL;
3643
3644 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3645 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3646 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3647 program headers we will need. */
3648 if (count > 0)
3649 {
3650 bfd_size_type phdr_size;
3651
3652 phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3653 if (phdr_size == 0)
3654 phdr_size = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_phdr;
3655 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3656 || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
3657 || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3658 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3659 }
3660
3661 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3662 {
3663 asection *hdr;
3664 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3665
3666 hdr = *hdrpp;
3667
3668 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3669 segment. */
3670
3671 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3672 {
3673 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3674 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3675 new_segment = FALSE;
3676 }
3677 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3678 {
3679 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3680 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3681 segment. */
3682 new_segment = TRUE;
3683 }
3684 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
3685 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
3686 {
3687 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3688 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3689 new_segment = TRUE;
3690 }
3691 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3692 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3693 {
3694 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3695 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3696 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3697 new_segment = TRUE;
3698 }
3699 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3700 {
3701 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3702 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3703 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3704 new_segment = FALSE;
3705 }
3706 else if (! writable
3707 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3708 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1)
3709 & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
3710 != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
3711 {
3712 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3713 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3714 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3715 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3716 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3717 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3718 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3719 new_segment = TRUE;
3720 }
3721 else
3722 {
3723 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3724 new_segment = FALSE;
3725 }
3726
3727 if (! new_segment)
3728 {
3729 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3730 writable = TRUE;
3731 last_hdr = hdr;
3732 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3733 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3734 last_size = hdr->size;
3735 else
3736 last_size = 0;
3737 continue;
3738 }
3739
3740 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3741 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3742
3743 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3744 if (m == NULL)
3745 goto error_return;
3746
3747 *pm = m;
3748 pm = &m->next;
3749
3750 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3751 writable = TRUE;
3752 else
3753 writable = FALSE;
3754
3755 last_hdr = hdr;
3756 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3757 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3758 last_size = hdr->size;
3759 else
3760 last_size = 0;
3761 phdr_index = i;
3762 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3763 }
3764
3765 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3766 if (last_hdr != NULL)
3767 {
3768 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3769 if (m == NULL)
3770 goto error_return;
3771
3772 *pm = m;
3773 pm = &m->next;
3774 }
3775
3776 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3777 if (dynsec != NULL)
3778 {
3779 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
3780 if (m == NULL)
3781 goto error_return;
3782 *pm = m;
3783 pm = &m->next;
3784 }
3785
3786 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
3787 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
3788 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
3789 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
3790 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
3791 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3792 {
3793 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3794 && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
3795 {
3796 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3797 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3798 if (m == NULL)
3799 goto error_return;
3800 m->next = NULL;
3801 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
3802 m->count = 1;
3803 m->sections[0] = s;
3804
3805 *pm = m;
3806 pm = &m->next;
3807 }
3808 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3809 {
3810 if (! tls_count)
3811 first_tls = s;
3812 tls_count++;
3813 }
3814 }
3815
3816 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
3817 if (tls_count > 0)
3818 {
3819 int i;
3820
3821 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3822 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3823 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3824 if (m == NULL)
3825 goto error_return;
3826 m->next = NULL;
3827 m->p_type = PT_TLS;
3828 m->count = tls_count;
3829 /* Mandated PF_R. */
3830 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3831 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3832 for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
3833 {
3834 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
3835 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
3836 first_tls = first_tls->next;
3837 }
3838
3839 *pm = m;
3840 pm = &m->next;
3841 }
3842
3843 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
3844 segment. */
3845 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
3846 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
3847 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3848 {
3849 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3850 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3851 if (m == NULL)
3852 goto error_return;
3853 m->next = NULL;
3854 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
3855 m->count = 1;
3856 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
3857
3858 *pm = m;
3859 pm = &m->next;
3860 }
3861
3862 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3863 {
3864 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3865 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3866 if (m == NULL)
3867 goto error_return;
3868 m->next = NULL;
3869 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
3870 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
3871 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3872
3873 *pm = m;
3874 pm = &m->next;
3875 }
3876
3877 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
3878 {
3879 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3880 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3881 if (m == NULL)
3882 goto error_return;
3883 m->next = NULL;
3884 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
3885 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3886 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3887
3888 *pm = m;
3889 pm = &m->next;
3890 }
3891
3892 free (sections);
3893 sections = NULL;
3894
3895 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
3896 return TRUE;
3897
3898 error_return:
3899 if (sections != NULL)
3900 free (sections);
3901 return FALSE;
3902 }
3903
3904 /* Sort sections by address. */
3905
3906 static int
3907 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
3908 {
3909 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
3910 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
3911 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
3912
3913 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
3914 place the section into a segment. */
3915 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
3916 return -1;
3917 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
3918 return 1;
3919
3920 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
3921 the same, and this will do nothing. */
3922 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
3923 return -1;
3924 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
3925 return 1;
3926
3927 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
3928
3929 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
3930
3931 if (TOEND (sec1))
3932 {
3933 if (TOEND (sec2))
3934 {
3935 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
3936 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
3937 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
3938 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
3939 }
3940 else
3941 return 1;
3942 }
3943 else if (TOEND (sec2))
3944 return -1;
3945
3946 #undef TOEND
3947
3948 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
3949 before others at the same address. */
3950
3951 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
3952 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
3953
3954 if (size1 < size2)
3955 return -1;
3956 if (size1 > size2)
3957 return 1;
3958
3959 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
3960 }
3961
3962 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
3963
3964 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
3965 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
3966 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
3967 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
3968 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
3969 which is wrong.
3970
3971 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
3972 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
3973 the page size.'' */
3974 /* In other words, something like:
3975
3976 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
3977 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
3978 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
3979 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
3980 else
3981 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
3982
3983 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
3984
3985 static file_ptr
3986 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
3987 {
3988 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
3989 }
3990
3991 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
3992 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
3993 the file header, and writes out the program headers. */
3994
3995 static bfd_boolean
3996 assign_file_positions_for_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3997 {
3998 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3999 unsigned int count;
4000 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4001 unsigned int alloc;
4002 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4003 file_ptr off, voff;
4004 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4005 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4006 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4007
4008 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL)
4009 {
4010 if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd))
4011 return FALSE;
4012 }
4013 else
4014 {
4015 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4016 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4017 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4018 sections. */
4019 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
4020 m != NULL;
4021 m = m->next)
4022 {
4023 unsigned int new_count;
4024 unsigned int i;
4025
4026 new_count = 0;
4027 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i ++)
4028 {
4029 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4030 && ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4031 || m->p_type != PT_LOAD))
4032 {
4033 if (i != new_count)
4034 m->sections[new_count] = m->sections[i];
4035
4036 new_count ++;
4037 }
4038 }
4039
4040 if (new_count != m->count)
4041 m->count = new_count;
4042 }
4043 }
4044
4045 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map)
4046 {
4047 if (! (*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, link_info))
4048 return FALSE;
4049 }
4050
4051 count = 0;
4052 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4053 ++count;
4054
4055 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4056 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4057 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = count;
4058
4059 if (count == 0)
4060 {
4061 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4062 return TRUE;
4063 }
4064
4065 /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure
4066 that we allocated enough space. This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS
4067 is used in a linker script. */
4068 alloc = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4069 if (alloc != 0 && count > alloc)
4070 {
4071 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4072 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)"),
4073 abfd, alloc, count));
4074 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4075 return FALSE;
4076 }
4077
4078 if (alloc == 0)
4079 alloc = count;
4080
4081 phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4082 if (phdrs == NULL)
4083 return FALSE;
4084
4085 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4086 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4087
4088 filehdr_vaddr = 0;
4089 filehdr_paddr = 0;
4090 phdrs_vaddr = 0;
4091 phdrs_paddr = 0;
4092
4093 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4094 m != NULL;
4095 m = m->next, p++)
4096 {
4097 unsigned int i;
4098 asection **secpp;
4099
4100 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4101 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4102 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4103 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4104 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4105 if (m->count > 1
4106 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4107 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4108 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4109 elf_sort_sections);
4110
4111 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4112 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4113 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4114 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4115 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
4116 an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
4117 but need zero filled memory allocation. */
4118 voff = 0;
4119 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4120 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4121
4122 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4123 && m->count > 0)
4124 {
4125 bfd_size_type align;
4126 bfd_vma adjust;
4127 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4128
4129 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4130 {
4131 unsigned int secalign;
4132
4133 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4134 if (secalign > align_power)
4135 align_power = secalign;
4136 }
4137 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4138
4139 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && bed->maxpagesize > align)
4140 align = bed->maxpagesize;
4141
4142 adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align);
4143 off += adjust;
4144 if (adjust != 0
4145 && !m->includes_filehdr
4146 && !m->includes_phdrs
4147 && (ufile_ptr) off >= align)
4148 {
4149 /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
4150 any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
4151 space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
4152 However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
4153 .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
4154 whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
4155 i = 0;
4156 while ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
4157 {
4158 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4159 || ++i >= m->count)
4160 {
4161 off -= adjust;
4162 voff = adjust - align;
4163 break;
4164 }
4165 }
4166 }
4167 }
4168 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4169 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4170 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4171 && m->count > 1
4172 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4173 {
4174 _bfd_error_handler
4175 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4176 abfd);
4177 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4178 return FALSE;
4179 }
4180
4181 if (m->count == 0)
4182 p->p_vaddr = 0;
4183 else
4184 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
4185
4186 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4187 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4188 else if (m->count == 0)
4189 p->p_paddr = 0;
4190 else
4191 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma;
4192
4193 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4194 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4195 p->p_align = bed->maxpagesize;
4196 else if (m->count == 0)
4197 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4198 else
4199 p->p_align = 0;
4200
4201 p->p_offset = 0;
4202 p->p_filesz = 0;
4203 p->p_memsz = 0;
4204
4205 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4206 {
4207 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4208 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4209 p->p_offset = 0;
4210 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4211 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4212 if (m->count > 0)
4213 {
4214 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4215
4216 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4217 {
4218 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4219 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4220 abfd);
4221 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4222 return FALSE;
4223 }
4224
4225 p->p_vaddr -= off;
4226 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4227 p->p_paddr -= off;
4228 }
4229 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4230 {
4231 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4232 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4233 }
4234 }
4235
4236 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4237 {
4238 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4239 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4240
4241 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4242 {
4243 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4244 {
4245 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4246 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4247 }
4248 }
4249 else
4250 {
4251 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4252
4253 if (m->count > 0)
4254 {
4255 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4256 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4257 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4258 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4259 }
4260
4261 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4262 {
4263 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4264 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4265 }
4266 else
4267 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4268 }
4269
4270 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4271 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4272 }
4273
4274 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4275 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4276 {
4277 if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs)
4278 p->p_offset = off + voff;
4279 else
4280 {
4281 file_ptr adjust;
4282
4283 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4284 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4285 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4286 }
4287 }
4288
4289 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4290 {
4291 asection *sec;
4292 flagword flags;
4293 bfd_size_type align;
4294
4295 sec = *secpp;
4296 flags = sec->flags;
4297 align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4298
4299 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4300 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4301 {
4302 bfd_signed_vma adjust;
4303
4304 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4305 {
4306 adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_filesz);
4307 if (adjust < 0)
4308 {
4309 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4310 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4311 abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma);
4312 adjust = 0;
4313 }
4314 off += adjust;
4315 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4316 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4317 }
4318 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4319 normal segments. */
4320 else if ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4321 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4322 {
4323 /* The section VMA must equal the file position
4324 modulo the page size. */
4325 bfd_size_type page = align;
4326 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && bed->maxpagesize > page)
4327 page = bed->maxpagesize;
4328 adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (sec->vma,
4329 p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz,
4330 page);
4331 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4332 }
4333 }
4334
4335 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4336 {
4337 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4338 everything. */
4339 if (i == 0)
4340 {
4341 sec->filepos = off;
4342 off += sec->size;
4343 p->p_filesz = sec->size;
4344 p->p_memsz = 0;
4345 p->p_align = 1;
4346 }
4347 else
4348 {
4349 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4350 sec->filepos = 0;
4351 sec->size = 0;
4352 sec->flags = 0;
4353 continue;
4354 }
4355 }
4356 else
4357 {
4358 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4359 {
4360 sec->filepos = off;
4361 /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
4362 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
4363 plausible explanation is that it is to work around
4364 a problem we have with linker scripts using data
4365 statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
4366 makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
4367 assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
4368 people do this. The data statement results in a
4369 bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
4370 section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
4371 to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
4372 section with contents to the output. Make room
4373 here for the write, so that following segments are
4374 not trashed. */
4375 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4376 || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
4377 off += sec->size;
4378 }
4379
4380 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4381 {
4382 p->p_filesz += sec->size;
4383 p->p_memsz += sec->size;
4384 }
4385 /* PR ld/594: Sections in note segments which are not loaded
4386 contribute to the file size but not the in-memory size. */
4387 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE
4388 && (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
4389 p->p_filesz += sec->size;
4390
4391 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4392 normal segments. */
4393 else if ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4394 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4395 p->p_memsz += sec->size;
4396
4397 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS
4398 && sec->size == 0
4399 && (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
4400 {
4401 struct bfd_link_order *o;
4402 bfd_vma tbss_size = 0;
4403
4404 for (o = sec->map_head.link_order; o != NULL; o = o->next)
4405 if (tbss_size < o->offset + o->size)
4406 tbss_size = o->offset + o->size;
4407
4408 p->p_memsz += tbss_size;
4409 }
4410
4411 if (align > p->p_align
4412 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4413 p->p_align = align;
4414 }
4415
4416 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4417 {
4418 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4419 if ((flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
4420 p->p_flags |= PF_X;
4421 if ((flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4422 p->p_flags |= PF_W;
4423 }
4424 }
4425 }
4426
4427 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4428 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4429 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4430 m != NULL;
4431 m = m->next, p++)
4432 {
4433 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD && m->count > 0)
4434 {
4435 BFD_ASSERT (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs);
4436 /* If the section has not yet been assigned a file position,
4437 do so now. The ARM BPABI requires that .dynamic section
4438 not be marked SEC_ALLOC because it is not part of any
4439 PT_LOAD segment, so it will not be processed above. */
4440 if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC && m->sections[0]->filepos == 0)
4441 {
4442 unsigned int i;
4443 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4444
4445 i = 1;
4446 while (i_shdrpp[i]->bfd_section != m->sections[0])
4447 ++i;
4448 off = (_bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section
4449 (i_shdrpp[i], off, TRUE));
4450 p->p_filesz = m->sections[0]->size;
4451 }
4452 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
4453 }
4454 if (m->count == 0)
4455 {
4456 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4457 {
4458 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
4459 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4460 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
4461 }
4462 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
4463 {
4464 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
4465 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4466 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
4467 }
4468 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4469 {
4470 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4471
4472 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4473 {
4474 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4475 && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end
4476 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
4477 && lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz
4478 >= link_info->relro_end)
4479 break;
4480 }
4481
4482 if (lp < phdrs + count
4483 && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr)
4484 {
4485 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4486 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4487 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4488 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
4489 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4490 p->p_align = 1;
4491 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
4492 }
4493 else
4494 {
4495 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4496 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4497 }
4498 }
4499 }
4500 }
4501
4502 /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use. */
4503 for (; count < alloc; count++, p++)
4504 {
4505 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4506 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4507 }
4508
4509 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4510
4511 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4512
4513 /* Write out the program headers. */
4514 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
4515 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdrs, alloc) != 0)
4516 return FALSE;
4517
4518 return TRUE;
4519 }
4520
4521 /* Get the size of the program header.
4522
4523 If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it
4524 can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only
4525 happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case,
4526 SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one
4527 data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic).
4528
4529 ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there
4530 will be two segments. */
4531
4532 static bfd_size_type
4533 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd)
4534 {
4535 size_t segs;
4536 asection *s;
4537 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4538
4539 /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */
4540 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size != 0)
4541 return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
4542
4543 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map != NULL)
4544 {
4545 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4546
4547 segs = 0;
4548 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4549 ++segs;
4550 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4551 return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
4552 }
4553
4554 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4555 and one for data. */
4556 segs = 2;
4557
4558 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
4559 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4560 {
4561 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4562 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4563 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4564 targets. */
4565 segs += 2;
4566 }
4567
4568 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
4569 {
4570 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4571 ++segs;
4572 }
4573
4574 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
4575 {
4576 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4577 ++segs;
4578 }
4579
4580 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
4581 {
4582 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4583 ++segs;
4584 }
4585
4586 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
4587 {
4588 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4589 ++segs;
4590 }
4591
4592 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4593 {
4594 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4595 && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0)
4596 {
4597 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4598 ++segs;
4599 }
4600 }
4601
4602 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4603 {
4604 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4605 {
4606 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4607 ++segs;
4608 break;
4609 }
4610 }
4611
4612 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4613 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
4614 {
4615 int a;
4616
4617 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd);
4618 if (a == -1)
4619 abort ();
4620 segs += a;
4621 }
4622
4623 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4624 return elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
4625 }
4626
4627 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4628 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4629 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4630
4631 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4632 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4633 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4634 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4635 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4636 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4637 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4638
4639 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4640
4641 static bfd_boolean
4642 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
4643 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4644 {
4645 struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4646 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4647 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4648 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4649 file_ptr off;
4650 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4651
4652 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
4653 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4654 {
4655 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4656 unsigned int i;
4657
4658 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4659 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
4660
4661 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4662 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4663 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4664 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4665 {
4666 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4667
4668 hdr = *hdrpp;
4669 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4670 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4671 || i == tdata->symtab_section
4672 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
4673 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
4674 {
4675 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4676 }
4677 else
4678 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4679
4680 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4681 {
4682 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4683 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4684 }
4685 }
4686 }
4687 else
4688 {
4689 unsigned int i;
4690 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4691
4692 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4693 assignment of sections to segments. */
4694 if (! assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd, link_info))
4695 return FALSE;
4696
4697 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4698
4699 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4700 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4701 {
4702 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4703
4704 hdr = *hdrpp;
4705 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4706 && hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0)
4707 hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos;
4708 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4709 {
4710 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4711 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4712 abfd,
4713 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4714 ? "*unknown*"
4715 : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
4716 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4717 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4718 bed->maxpagesize);
4719 else
4720 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4721 hdr->sh_addralign);
4722 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4723 FALSE);
4724 }
4725 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4726 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4727 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4728 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4729 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4730 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4731 else
4732 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4733
4734 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4735 {
4736 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4737 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4738 }
4739 }
4740 }
4741
4742 /* Place the section headers. */
4743 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
4744 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
4745 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
4746
4747 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4748
4749 return TRUE;
4750 }
4751
4752 static bfd_boolean
4753 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
4754 {
4755 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4756 Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4757 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
4758 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
4759 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4760
4761 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4762 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4763
4764 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4765 if (shstrtab == NULL)
4766 return FALSE;
4767
4768 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
4769
4770 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
4771 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
4772 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
4773 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
4774
4775 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
4776 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
4777 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
4778 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
4779
4780 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4781 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
4782 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
4783 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
4784 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4785 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
4786 else
4787 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
4788
4789 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
4790 {
4791 case bfd_arch_unknown:
4792 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
4793 break;
4794
4795 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4796 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4797 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4798 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4799 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4800 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4801 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4802 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4803 default:
4804 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
4805 }
4806
4807 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
4808 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4809
4810 /* No program header, for now. */
4811 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4812 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4813 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
4814
4815 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4816 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
4817 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
4818
4819 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4820 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
4821 /* It all happens later. */
4822 ;
4823 else
4824 {
4825 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4826 i_phdrp = 0;
4827 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4828 }
4829
4830 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
4831 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
4832 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
4833 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
4834 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
4835 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
4836 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4837 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4838 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
4839 return FALSE;
4840
4841 return TRUE;
4842 }
4843
4844 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4845 of the loadable file image. */
4846
4847 void
4848 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
4849 {
4850 file_ptr off;
4851 unsigned int i, num_sec;
4852 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
4853
4854 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4855
4856 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4857 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
4858 {
4859 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
4860
4861 shdrp = *shdrpp;
4862 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4863 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
4864 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
4865 }
4866
4867 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4868 }
4869
4870 bfd_boolean
4871 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
4872 {
4873 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4874 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
4875 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
4876 bfd_boolean failed;
4877 unsigned int count, num_sec;
4878
4879 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
4880 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
4881 return FALSE;
4882
4883 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4884 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4885
4886 failed = FALSE;
4887 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
4888 if (failed)
4889 return FALSE;
4890
4891 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
4892
4893 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
4894 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4895 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
4896 {
4897 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
4898 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
4899 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
4900 {
4901 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
4902
4903 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4904 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
4905 return FALSE;
4906 }
4907 if (count == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4908 count += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4909 }
4910
4911 /* Write out the section header names. */
4912 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
4913 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4914 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
4915 return FALSE;
4916
4917 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
4918 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
4919 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
4920
4921 return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd);
4922 }
4923
4924 bfd_boolean
4925 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
4926 {
4927 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
4928 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
4929 }
4930
4931 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
4932
4933 int
4934 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
4935 {
4936 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4937 int index;
4938
4939 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
4940 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
4941 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
4942
4943 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
4944 index = SHN_ABS;
4945 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
4946 index = SHN_COMMON;
4947 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
4948 index = SHN_UNDEF;
4949 else
4950 index = -1;
4951
4952 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4953 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
4954 {
4955 int retval = index;
4956
4957 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
4958 return retval;
4959 }
4960
4961 if (index == -1)
4962 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
4963
4964 return index;
4965 }
4966
4967 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
4968 on error. */
4969
4970 int
4971 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
4972 {
4973 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
4974 int idx;
4975 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
4976
4977 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
4978 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
4979 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
4980 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
4981 input sections rather than the output section. */
4982 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
4983 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
4984 && asym_ptr->section)
4985 {
4986 int indx;
4987
4988 if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL)
4989 indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index;
4990 else
4991 indx = asym_ptr->section->index;
4992 if (indx < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
4993 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
4994 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
4995 }
4996
4997 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
4998
4999 if (idx == 0)
5000 {
5001 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5002 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5003 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5004 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5005 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5006 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5007 return -1;
5008 }
5009
5010 #if DEBUG & 4
5011 {
5012 fprintf (stderr,
5013 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5014 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
5015 elf_symbol_flags (flags));
5016 fflush (stderr);
5017 }
5018 #endif
5019
5020 return idx;
5021 }
5022
5023 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies any program header information. */
5024
5025 static bfd_boolean
5026 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5027 {
5028 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5029 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5030 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5031 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5032 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5033 asection *section;
5034 unsigned int i;
5035 unsigned int num_segments;
5036 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5037 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5038 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5039 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5040 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5041
5042 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5043 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5044 return TRUE;
5045
5046 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
5047 return TRUE;
5048
5049 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5050 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5051
5052 map_first = NULL;
5053 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5054
5055 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5056 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5057
5058 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5059 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5060 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5061 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5062
5063 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5064 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5065 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5066 ? section->size : 0)
5067
5068 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5069 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5070 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5071 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5072 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5073 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5074
5075 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5076 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5077 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5078 (section->lma >= base \
5079 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5080 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5081
5082 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5083 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5084 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5085 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5086 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5087 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5088 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5089 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5090
5091 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5092 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5093 p_memsz set to 0. */
5094 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5095 (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
5096 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5097 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5098 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5099 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5100 && s->size > 0 \
5101 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5102 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5103 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5104
5105 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5106 A section will be included if:
5107 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5108 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5109 2. It is an allocated segment,
5110 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5111 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5112 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5113 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5114 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5115 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5116 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5117 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5118 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5119 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5120 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5121 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5122 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5123 && section->output_section != NULL \
5124 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5125 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5126 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5127 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5128 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5129 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5130 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5131 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5132 || (segment->p_paddr \
5133 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5134 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5135 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5136 == 0)) \
5137 && ! section->segment_mark)
5138
5139 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5140 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5141 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5142
5143 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5144 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5145 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5146 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5147 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5148 LMA. */
5149 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5150 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5151 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5152 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5153 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5154
5155 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5156 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5157 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5158
5159 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5160 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5161 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5162 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5163 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5164 i < num_segments;
5165 i++, segment++)
5166 {
5167 unsigned int j;
5168 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5169
5170 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5171 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5172 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5173 {
5174 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5175 assignment code will work. */
5176 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5177 break;
5178 }
5179
5180 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5181 continue;
5182
5183 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5184 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++)
5185 {
5186 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5187
5188 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5189 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5190 continue;
5191
5192 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5193 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5194 {
5195 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5196 SEGMENT. */
5197 extra_length =
5198 SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5199 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr);
5200
5201 if (extra_length > 0)
5202 {
5203 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5204 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5205 }
5206
5207 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5208
5209 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5210 i = 0;
5211 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5212 break;
5213 }
5214 else
5215 {
5216 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5217 SEGMENT2. */
5218 extra_length =
5219 SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5220 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr);
5221
5222 if (extra_length > 0)
5223 {
5224 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5225 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5226 }
5227
5228 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5229 }
5230 }
5231 }
5232
5233 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5234 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5235 i < num_segments;
5236 i ++, segment ++)
5237 {
5238 unsigned int section_count;
5239 asection ** sections;
5240 asection * output_section;
5241 unsigned int isec;
5242 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5243 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5244 unsigned int j;
5245 bfd_size_type amt;
5246
5247 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5248 continue;
5249
5250 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5251 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5252 section != NULL;
5253 section = section->next)
5254 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5255 ++section_count;
5256
5257 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5258 all of the sections we have selected. */
5259 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5260 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5261 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5262 if (map == NULL)
5263 return FALSE;
5264
5265 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5266 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5267 map->next = NULL;
5268 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5269 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5270 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5271 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5272 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5273
5274 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5275 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5276 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5277 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5278
5279 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5280
5281 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5282 {
5283 map->includes_phdrs =
5284 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5285 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5286 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5287 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5288
5289 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5290 phdr_included = TRUE;
5291 }
5292
5293 if (section_count == 0)
5294 {
5295 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5296 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5297 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5298 a warning is produced. */
5299 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5300 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5301 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5302 ibfd);
5303
5304 map->count = 0;
5305 *pointer_to_map = map;
5306 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5307
5308 continue;
5309 }
5310
5311 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5312 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5313 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5314 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5315
5316 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5317 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5318 input BFD.
5319
5320 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5321 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5322 of the first section.
5323
5324 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5325 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5326 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5327 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5328 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5329
5330 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5331 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5332 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5333 or segments to contain the other sections.
5334
5335 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5336 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5337 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5338
5339 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5340 to work around this long long bug. */
5341 sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5342 if (sections == NULL)
5343 return FALSE;
5344
5345 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5346 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5347 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5348 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5349 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5350 more to do. */
5351 isec = 0;
5352 matching_lma = 0;
5353 suggested_lma = 0;
5354
5355 for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections;
5356 section != NULL;
5357 section = section->next)
5358 {
5359 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5360 {
5361 output_section = section->output_section;
5362
5363 sections[j ++] = section;
5364
5365 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5366 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5367 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5368 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5369 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5370 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5371 && (! bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
5372 && isec == 0
5373 && output_section->lma != 0
5374 && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5375 + (map->includes_filehdr
5376 ? iehdr->e_ehsize
5377 : 0)
5378 + (map->includes_phdrs
5379 ? (iehdr->e_phnum
5380 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5381 : 0))))
5382 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5383
5384 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5385 LMA address of the output section. */
5386 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5387 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5388 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero &&
5389 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment))
5390 )
5391 {
5392 if (matching_lma == 0)
5393 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5394
5395 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5396 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5397 segment. */
5398 map->sections[isec ++] = output_section;
5399 }
5400 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5401 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5402 }
5403 }
5404
5405 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5406
5407 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5408 if necessary. */
5409 if (isec == section_count)
5410 {
5411 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5412 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5413 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5414 program header in the input BFD. */
5415 map->count = section_count;
5416 *pointer_to_map = map;
5417 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5418
5419 free (sections);
5420 continue;
5421 }
5422 else
5423 {
5424 if (matching_lma != 0)
5425 {
5426 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5427 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5428 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5429 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5430 }
5431 else
5432 {
5433 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5434 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5435 the LMA of the first section. */
5436 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5437 }
5438
5439 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5440 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5441 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5442 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5443
5444 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5445 {
5446 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5447
5448 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5449 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5450 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5451 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5452 offset when we know the correct value. */
5453 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5454 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5455 }
5456 }
5457
5458 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5459 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5460 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5461 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5462 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5463 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5464 the loop. */
5465 isec = 0;
5466 do
5467 {
5468 map->count = 0;
5469 suggested_lma = 0;
5470
5471 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5472 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5473 {
5474 section = sections[j];
5475
5476 if (section == NULL)
5477 continue;
5478
5479 output_section = section->output_section;
5480
5481 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5482
5483 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5484 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5485 {
5486 if (map->count == 0)
5487 {
5488 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5489 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5490 wrong. */
5491 if (output_section->lma !=
5492 (map->p_paddr
5493 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5494 + (map->includes_phdrs
5495 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5496 : 0)))
5497 abort ();
5498 }
5499 else
5500 {
5501 asection * prev_sec;
5502
5503 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5504
5505 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5506 and the start of this section is more than
5507 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5508 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5509 maxpagesize)
5510 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5511 || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size)
5512 > output_section->lma))
5513 {
5514 if (suggested_lma == 0)
5515 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5516
5517 continue;
5518 }
5519 }
5520
5521 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
5522 ++isec;
5523 sections[j] = NULL;
5524 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
5525 }
5526 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5527 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5528 }
5529
5530 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
5531
5532 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5533 *pointer_to_map = map;
5534 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5535
5536 if (isec < section_count)
5537 {
5538 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5539 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5540 and carry on looping. */
5541 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5542 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5543 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5544 if (map == NULL)
5545 {
5546 free (sections);
5547 return FALSE;
5548 }
5549
5550 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5551 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5552 not yet been assigned. */
5553 map->next = NULL;
5554 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5555 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5556 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5557 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5558 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5559 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
5560 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5561 }
5562 }
5563 while (isec < section_count);
5564
5565 free (sections);
5566 }
5567
5568 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5569 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5570 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5571 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5572 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5573 if (map->p_paddr != 0)
5574 break;
5575 if (map == NULL)
5576 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5577 map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
5578
5579 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5580
5581 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5582 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5583 the offset if necessary. */
5584 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
5585 {
5586 unsigned int count;
5587
5588 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5589 count++;
5590
5591 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
5592 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
5593 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5594 }
5595
5596 #undef SEGMENT_END
5597 #undef SECTION_SIZE
5598 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5599 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5600 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5601 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5602 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5603 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5604 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5605 return TRUE;
5606 }
5607
5608 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5609
5610 bfd_boolean
5611 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5612 asection *isec,
5613 bfd *obfd,
5614 asection *osec,
5615 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5616
5617 {
5618 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5619 bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable;
5620
5621 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5622 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5623 return TRUE;
5624
5625 /* FIXME: What if the output ELF section type has been set to
5626 something different? */
5627 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL)
5628 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
5629
5630 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5631 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5632 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5633 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5634
5635 if (need_group)
5636 {
5637 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
5638 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5639 {
5640 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
5641 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
5642 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
5643 elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec);
5644 }
5645 }
5646
5647 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5648
5649 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5650 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5651 may be NULL at this point. */
5652 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
5653 {
5654 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5655 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
5656 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
5657 }
5658
5659 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
5660
5661 return TRUE;
5662 }
5663
5664 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5665 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5666
5667 bfd_boolean
5668 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5669 asection *isec,
5670 bfd *obfd,
5671 asection *osec)
5672 {
5673 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5674
5675 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5676 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5677 return TRUE;
5678
5679 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5680 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5681
5682 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
5683
5684 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
5685 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
5686 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
5687 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
5688 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
5689
5690 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
5691 NULL);
5692 }
5693
5694 /* Copy private header information. */
5695
5696 bfd_boolean
5697 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5698 {
5699 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5700 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5701 return TRUE;
5702
5703 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
5704 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
5705 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
5706 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
5707 already been worked out. */
5708 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
5709 {
5710 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
5711 return FALSE;
5712 }
5713
5714 return TRUE;
5715 }
5716
5717 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
5718 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
5719 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
5720 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
5721 swap_out_syms function. */
5722
5723 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
5724 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
5725 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
5726 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
5727 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
5728
5729 bfd_boolean
5730 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
5731 asymbol *isymarg,
5732 bfd *obfd,
5733 asymbol *osymarg)
5734 {
5735 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
5736
5737 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5738 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5739 return TRUE;
5740
5741 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
5742 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
5743
5744 if (isym != NULL
5745 && osym != NULL
5746 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
5747 {
5748 unsigned int shndx;
5749
5750 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
5751 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
5752 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
5753 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
5754 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
5755 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
5756 shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
5757 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
5758 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
5759 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
5760 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
5761 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
5762 }
5763
5764 return TRUE;
5765 }
5766
5767 /* Swap out the symbols. */
5768
5769 static bfd_boolean
5770 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
5771 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
5772 int relocatable_p)
5773 {
5774 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5775 int symcount;
5776 asymbol **syms;
5777 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
5778 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5779 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
5780 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
5781 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
5782 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
5783 int idx;
5784 bfd_size_type amt;
5785 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
5786
5787 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
5788 return FALSE;
5789
5790 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
5791 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
5792 if (stt == NULL)
5793 return FALSE;
5794
5795 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5796 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
5797 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
5798 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
5799 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
5800 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
5801 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
5802 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
5803
5804 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
5805 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
5806
5807 outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym);
5808 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
5809 {
5810 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5811 return FALSE;
5812 }
5813 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
5814
5815 outbound_shndx = NULL;
5816 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
5817 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
5818 {
5819 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5820 outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
5821 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
5822 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
5823 {
5824 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5825 return FALSE;
5826 }
5827
5828 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
5829 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
5830 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
5831 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5832 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5833 }
5834
5835 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
5836 {
5837 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
5838 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
5839 sym.st_name = 0;
5840 sym.st_value = 0;
5841 sym.st_size = 0;
5842 sym.st_info = 0;
5843 sym.st_other = 0;
5844 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
5845 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
5846 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
5847 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
5848 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
5849 }
5850
5851 name_local_sections
5852 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
5853 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
5854
5855 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
5856 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
5857 {
5858 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
5859 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
5860 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
5861 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
5862 int type;
5863
5864 if (!name_local_sections
5865 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5866 {
5867 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
5868 sym.st_name = 0;
5869 }
5870 else
5871 {
5872 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
5873 syms[idx]->name,
5874 TRUE, FALSE);
5875 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
5876 {
5877 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5878 return FALSE;
5879 }
5880 }
5881
5882 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
5883
5884 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
5885 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
5886 {
5887 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
5888 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
5889 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
5890 sym.st_size = value;
5891 if (type_ptr == NULL
5892 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
5893 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
5894 else
5895 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
5896 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
5897 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
5898 }
5899 else
5900 {
5901 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
5902 int shndx;
5903
5904 if (sec->output_section)
5905 {
5906 value += sec->output_offset;
5907 sec = sec->output_section;
5908 }
5909
5910 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
5911 if (! relocatable_p)
5912 value += sec->vma;
5913 sym.st_value = value;
5914 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
5915
5916 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
5917 && type_ptr != NULL
5918 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
5919 {
5920 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
5921 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
5922 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
5923 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
5924 switch (shndx)
5925 {
5926 case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
5927 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
5928 break;
5929 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
5930 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
5931 break;
5932 case MAP_STRTAB:
5933 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
5934 break;
5935 case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
5936 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
5937 break;
5938 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
5939 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
5940 break;
5941 default:
5942 break;
5943 }
5944 }
5945 else
5946 {
5947 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
5948
5949 if (shndx == -1)
5950 {
5951 asection *sec2;
5952
5953 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
5954 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
5955 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
5956 demand of applications. For example, it
5957 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
5958 section of a symbol to be a section that is
5959 actually in the output file. */
5960 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
5961 if (sec2 == NULL)
5962 {
5963 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
5964 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
5965 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
5966 sec->name);
5967 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
5968 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
5969 return FALSE;
5970 }
5971
5972 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
5973 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
5974 }
5975 }
5976
5977 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
5978 }
5979
5980 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
5981 type = STT_TLS;
5982 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
5983 type = STT_FUNC;
5984 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
5985 type = STT_OBJECT;
5986 else
5987 type = STT_NOTYPE;
5988
5989 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
5990 type = STT_TLS;
5991
5992 /* Processor-specific types. */
5993 if (type_ptr != NULL
5994 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
5995 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
5996 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
5997
5998 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5999 {
6000 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6001 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6002 else
6003 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6004 }
6005 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6006 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6007 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6008 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6009 ? STB_WEAK
6010 : STB_GLOBAL),
6011 type);
6012 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6013 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6014 else
6015 {
6016 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6017
6018 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6019 bind = STB_LOCAL;
6020 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6021 bind = STB_WEAK;
6022 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6023 bind = STB_GLOBAL;
6024
6025 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6026 }
6027
6028 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6029 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6030 else
6031 sym.st_other = 0;
6032
6033 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6034 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6035 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6036 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6037 }
6038
6039 *sttp = stt;
6040 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6041 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6042
6043 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6044 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6045 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6046 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6047 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6048 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6049
6050 return TRUE;
6051 }
6052
6053 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6054
6055 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6056 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6057 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6058
6059 long
6060 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6061 {
6062 long symcount;
6063 long symtab_size;
6064 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6065
6066 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6067 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6068 if (symcount > 0)
6069 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6070
6071 return symtab_size;
6072 }
6073
6074 long
6075 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6076 {
6077 long symcount;
6078 long symtab_size;
6079 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6080
6081 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6082 {
6083 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6084 return -1;
6085 }
6086
6087 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6088 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6089 if (symcount > 0)
6090 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6091
6092 return symtab_size;
6093 }
6094
6095 long
6096 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6097 sec_ptr asect)
6098 {
6099 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6100 }
6101
6102 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6103
6104 long
6105 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6106 sec_ptr section,
6107 arelent **relptr,
6108 asymbol **symbols)
6109 {
6110 arelent *tblptr;
6111 unsigned int i;
6112 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6113
6114 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6115 return -1;
6116
6117 tblptr = section->relocation;
6118 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6119 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6120
6121 *relptr = NULL;
6122
6123 return section->reloc_count;
6124 }
6125
6126 long
6127 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6128 {
6129 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6130 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6131
6132 if (symcount >= 0)
6133 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6134 return symcount;
6135 }
6136
6137 long
6138 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6139 asymbol **allocation)
6140 {
6141 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6142 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
6143
6144 if (symcount >= 0)
6145 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6146 return symcount;
6147 }
6148
6149 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6150 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6151 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6152 dynamic reloc section. */
6153
6154 long
6155 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6156 {
6157 long ret;
6158 asection *s;
6159
6160 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6161 {
6162 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6163 return -1;
6164 }
6165
6166 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
6167 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6168 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6169 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6170 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6171 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6172 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
6173 * sizeof (arelent *));
6174
6175 return ret;
6176 }
6177
6178 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6179 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6180 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6181 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6182 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6183 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6184 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6185
6186 long
6187 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6188 arelent **storage,
6189 asymbol **syms)
6190 {
6191 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6192 asection *s;
6193 long ret;
6194
6195 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6196 {
6197 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6198 return -1;
6199 }
6200
6201 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6202 ret = 0;
6203 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6204 {
6205 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6206 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6207 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6208 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6209 {
6210 arelent *p;
6211 long count, i;
6212
6213 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
6214 return -1;
6215 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
6216 p = s->relocation;
6217 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6218 *storage++ = p++;
6219 ret += count;
6220 }
6221 }
6222
6223 *storage = NULL;
6224
6225 return ret;
6226 }
6227 \f
6228 /* Read in the version information. */
6229
6230 bfd_boolean
6231 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
6232 {
6233 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6234 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
6235
6236 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
6237 {
6238 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6239 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
6240 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
6241 unsigned int i;
6242 bfd_byte *contents_end;
6243
6244 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
6245
6246 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info,
6247 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
6248 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
6249 goto error_return;
6250
6251 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
6252
6253 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6254 if (contents == NULL)
6255 {
6256 error_return_verref:
6257 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
6258 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
6259 goto error_return;
6260 }
6261 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6262 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6263 goto error_return_verref;
6264
6265 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
6266 goto error_return_verref;
6267
6268 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
6269 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
6270 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
6271 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
6272 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
6273 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
6274 {
6275 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
6276 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
6277 unsigned int j;
6278
6279 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
6280
6281 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
6282
6283 iverneed->vn_filename =
6284 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6285 iverneed->vn_file);
6286 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
6287 goto error_return_verref;
6288
6289 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
6290 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
6291 else
6292 {
6293 iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
6294 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
6295 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
6296 goto error_return_verref;
6297 }
6298
6299 if (iverneed->vn_aux
6300 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6301 goto error_return_verref;
6302
6303 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6304 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
6305 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
6306 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
6307 {
6308 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
6309
6310 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
6311 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6312 ivernaux->vna_name);
6313 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
6314 goto error_return_verref;
6315
6316 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
6317 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
6318 else
6319 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
6320
6321 if (ivernaux->vna_next
6322 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
6323 goto error_return_verref;
6324
6325 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6326 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
6327
6328 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
6329 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
6330 }
6331
6332 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
6333 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
6334 else
6335 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
6336
6337 if (iverneed->vn_next
6338 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6339 goto error_return_verref;
6340
6341 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
6342 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
6343 }
6344
6345 free (contents);
6346 contents = NULL;
6347 }
6348
6349 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
6350 {
6351 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6352 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
6353 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6354 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
6355 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
6356 unsigned int i;
6357 unsigned int maxidx;
6358 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
6359
6360 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
6361
6362 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6363 if (contents == NULL)
6364 goto error_return;
6365 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6366 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6367 goto error_return;
6368
6369 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
6370 goto error_return;
6371
6372 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
6373 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
6374 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
6375 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
6376 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
6377 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
6378
6379 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6380 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6381 the maximum. */
6382 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6383 maxidx = 0;
6384 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
6385 {
6386 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6387
6388 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
6389 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
6390
6391 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
6392 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6393 goto error_return;
6394
6395 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6396 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
6397 }
6398
6399 if (default_imported_symver)
6400 {
6401 if (freeidx > maxidx)
6402 maxidx = ++freeidx;
6403 else
6404 freeidx = ++maxidx;
6405 }
6406 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx,
6407 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6408 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6409 goto error_return;
6410
6411 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
6412
6413 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6414 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
6415 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
6416 {
6417 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
6418 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6419 unsigned int j;
6420
6421 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6422
6423 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
6424 {
6425 error_return_verdef:
6426 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
6427 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
6428 goto error_return;
6429 }
6430
6431 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
6432 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6433
6434 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6435
6436 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
6437 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
6438 else
6439 {
6440 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
6441 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6442 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6443 goto error_return_verdef;
6444 }
6445
6446 if (iverdef->vd_aux
6447 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6448 goto error_return_verdef;
6449
6450 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6451 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
6452 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6453 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
6454 {
6455 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
6456
6457 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
6458 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6459 iverdaux->vda_name);
6460 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
6461 goto error_return_verdef;
6462
6463 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
6464 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
6465 else
6466 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6467
6468 if (iverdaux->vda_next
6469 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
6470 goto error_return_verdef;
6471
6472 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6473 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
6474 }
6475
6476 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
6477 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
6478
6479 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
6480 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
6481 else
6482 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6483
6484 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6485 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
6486 }
6487
6488 free (contents);
6489 contents = NULL;
6490 }
6491 else if (default_imported_symver)
6492 {
6493 if (freeidx < 3)
6494 freeidx = 3;
6495 else
6496 freeidx++;
6497
6498 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx,
6499 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6500 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6501 goto error_return;
6502
6503 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
6504 }
6505
6506 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6507 if (default_imported_symver)
6508 {
6509 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6510 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6511
6512 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
6513
6514 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
6515 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
6516 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
6517 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
6518
6519 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6520
6521 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
6522 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
6523 goto error_return_verdef;
6524 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6525 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6526 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6527 goto error_return_verdef;
6528
6529 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6530 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
6531 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6532 }
6533
6534 return TRUE;
6535
6536 error_return:
6537 if (contents != NULL)
6538 free (contents);
6539 return FALSE;
6540 }
6541 \f
6542 asymbol *
6543 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
6544 {
6545 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
6546 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
6547
6548 newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6549 if (!newsym)
6550 return NULL;
6551 else
6552 {
6553 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
6554 return &newsym->symbol;
6555 }
6556 }
6557
6558 void
6559 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6560 asymbol *symbol,
6561 symbol_info *ret)
6562 {
6563 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
6564 }
6565
6566 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6567 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6568 override it. */
6569
6570 bfd_boolean
6571 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6572 const char *name)
6573 {
6574 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6575 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
6576 return TRUE;
6577
6578 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6579 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6580 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
6581 return TRUE;
6582
6583 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6584 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6585 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6586 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6587 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6588 we treat such symbols as local. */
6589 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
6590 return TRUE;
6591
6592 return FALSE;
6593 }
6594
6595 alent *
6596 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6597 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6598 {
6599 abort ();
6600 return NULL;
6601 }
6602
6603 bfd_boolean
6604 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
6605 enum bfd_architecture arch,
6606 unsigned long machine)
6607 {
6608 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6609 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6610 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
6611 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
6612 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
6613 return FALSE;
6614
6615 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
6616 }
6617
6618 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6619 for error reporting. */
6620
6621 static bfd_boolean
6622 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6623 asection *section,
6624 asymbol **symbols,
6625 bfd_vma offset,
6626 const char **filename_ptr,
6627 const char **functionname_ptr)
6628 {
6629 const char *filename;
6630 asymbol *func, *file;
6631 bfd_vma low_func;
6632 asymbol **p;
6633 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6634 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6635 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6636 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6637 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6638 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6639 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6640 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6641 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
6642
6643 filename = NULL;
6644 func = NULL;
6645 file = NULL;
6646 low_func = 0;
6647 state = nothing_seen;
6648
6649 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
6650 {
6651 elf_symbol_type *q;
6652
6653 q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
6654
6655 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
6656 {
6657 default:
6658 break;
6659 case STT_FILE:
6660 file = &q->symbol;
6661 if (state == symbol_seen)
6662 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
6663 continue;
6664 case STT_SECTION:
6665 continue;
6666 case STT_NOTYPE:
6667 case STT_FUNC:
6668 if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section
6669 && q->symbol.value >= low_func
6670 && q->symbol.value <= offset)
6671 {
6672 func = (asymbol *) q;
6673 low_func = q->symbol.value;
6674 if (file == NULL)
6675 filename = NULL;
6676 else if (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) != STB_LOCAL
6677 && state == file_after_symbol_seen)
6678 filename = NULL;
6679 else
6680 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
6681 }
6682 break;
6683 }
6684 if (state == nothing_seen)
6685 state = symbol_seen;
6686 }
6687
6688 if (func == NULL)
6689 return FALSE;
6690
6691 if (filename_ptr)
6692 *filename_ptr = filename;
6693 if (functionname_ptr)
6694 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
6695
6696 return TRUE;
6697 }
6698
6699 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
6700 for error reporting. */
6701
6702 bfd_boolean
6703 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
6704 asection *section,
6705 asymbol **symbols,
6706 bfd_vma offset,
6707 const char **filename_ptr,
6708 const char **functionname_ptr,
6709 unsigned int *line_ptr)
6710 {
6711 bfd_boolean found;
6712
6713 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6714 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
6715 line_ptr))
6716 {
6717 if (!*functionname_ptr)
6718 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6719 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
6720 functionname_ptr);
6721
6722 return TRUE;
6723 }
6724
6725 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6726 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
6727 line_ptr, 0,
6728 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
6729 {
6730 if (!*functionname_ptr)
6731 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6732 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
6733 functionname_ptr);
6734
6735 return TRUE;
6736 }
6737
6738 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
6739 &found, filename_ptr,
6740 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
6741 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
6742 return FALSE;
6743 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
6744 return TRUE;
6745
6746 if (symbols == NULL)
6747 return FALSE;
6748
6749 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6750 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
6751 return FALSE;
6752
6753 *line_ptr = 0;
6754 return TRUE;
6755 }
6756
6757 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
6758
6759 bfd_boolean
6760 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
6761 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
6762 {
6763 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
6764 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
6765 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
6766 }
6767
6768 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
6769 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
6770 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
6771 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
6772 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
6773
6774 bfd_boolean
6775 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
6776 const char **filename_ptr,
6777 const char **functionname_ptr,
6778 unsigned int *line_ptr)
6779 {
6780 bfd_boolean found;
6781 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
6782 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
6783 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
6784 return found;
6785 }
6786
6787 int
6788 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean reloc)
6789 {
6790 int ret;
6791
6792 ret = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_ehdr;
6793 if (! reloc)
6794 ret += get_program_header_size (abfd);
6795 return ret;
6796 }
6797
6798 bfd_boolean
6799 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
6800 sec_ptr section,
6801 const void *location,
6802 file_ptr offset,
6803 bfd_size_type count)
6804 {
6805 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6806 bfd_signed_vma pos;
6807
6808 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
6809 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
6810 return FALSE;
6811
6812 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
6813 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
6814 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
6815 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
6816 return FALSE;
6817
6818 return TRUE;
6819 }
6820
6821 void
6822 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6823 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6824 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6825 {
6826 abort ();
6827 }
6828
6829 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
6830
6831 bfd_boolean
6832 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
6833 {
6834 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
6835
6836 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
6837 {
6838 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
6839 reloc_howto_type *howto;
6840
6841 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
6842 equivalent ELF reloc. */
6843
6844 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
6845 {
6846 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
6847 {
6848 case 8:
6849 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
6850 break;
6851 case 12:
6852 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
6853 break;
6854 case 16:
6855 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
6856 break;
6857 case 24:
6858 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
6859 break;
6860 case 32:
6861 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
6862 break;
6863 case 64:
6864 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
6865 break;
6866 default:
6867 goto fail;
6868 }
6869
6870 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
6871
6872 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
6873 {
6874 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
6875 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
6876 else
6877 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
6878 }
6879 }
6880 else
6881 {
6882 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
6883 {
6884 case 8:
6885 code = BFD_RELOC_8;
6886 break;
6887 case 14:
6888 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
6889 break;
6890 case 16:
6891 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
6892 break;
6893 case 26:
6894 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
6895 break;
6896 case 32:
6897 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
6898 break;
6899 case 64:
6900 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
6901 break;
6902 default:
6903 goto fail;
6904 }
6905
6906 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
6907 }
6908
6909 if (howto)
6910 areloc->howto = howto;
6911 else
6912 goto fail;
6913 }
6914
6915 return TRUE;
6916
6917 fail:
6918 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6919 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
6920 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
6921 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6922 return FALSE;
6923 }
6924
6925 bfd_boolean
6926 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
6927 {
6928 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
6929 {
6930 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
6931 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
6932 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd);
6933 }
6934
6935 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
6936 }
6937
6938 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
6939 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
6940 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
6941 this reloc. */
6942
6943 bfd_reloc_status_type
6944 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
6945 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6946 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6947 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6948 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6949 {
6950 return bfd_reloc_ok;
6951 }
6952 \f
6953 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
6954 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
6955 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
6956 out details about the corefile. */
6957
6958 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
6959 # include <sys/procfs.h>
6960 #endif
6961
6962 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
6963
6964 static int
6965 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
6966 {
6967 return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
6968 + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
6969 }
6970
6971 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
6972 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
6973 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
6974 overwrite it. */
6975
6976 static bfd_boolean
6977 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
6978 {
6979 asection *sect2;
6980
6981 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
6982 return TRUE;
6983
6984 sect2 = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
6985 if (sect2 == NULL)
6986 return FALSE;
6987
6988 sect2->size = sect->size;
6989 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
6990 sect2->flags = sect->flags;
6991 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
6992 return TRUE;
6993 }
6994
6995 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
6996 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
6997 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
6998 such a section already exists.
6999 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7000 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7001 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7002 bfd_boolean
7003 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7004 char *name,
7005 size_t size,
7006 ufile_ptr filepos)
7007 {
7008 char buf[100];
7009 char *threaded_name;
7010 size_t len;
7011 asection *sect;
7012
7013 /* Build the section name. */
7014
7015 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7016 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7017 threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7018 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7019 return FALSE;
7020 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7021
7022 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, threaded_name);
7023 if (sect == NULL)
7024 return FALSE;
7025 sect->size = size;
7026 sect->filepos = filepos;
7027 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7028 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7029
7030 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7031 }
7032
7033 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7034 solaris 2.5+
7035 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7036 unixware 4.2
7037 */
7038
7039 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7040
7041 static bfd_boolean
7042 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7043 {
7044 size_t size;
7045 int offset;
7046
7047 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7048 {
7049 prstatus_t prstat;
7050
7051 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7052 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7053 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7054
7055 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7056 has already been set by another thread. */
7057 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7058 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7059 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7060
7061 /* pr_who exists on:
7062 solaris 2.5+
7063 unixware 4.2
7064 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7065 linux 2.[01]
7066 */
7067 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7068 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7069 #endif
7070 }
7071 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7072 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7073 {
7074 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7075 prstatus32_t prstat;
7076
7077 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7078 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
7079 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7080
7081 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7082 has already been set by another thread. */
7083 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7084 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7085 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7086
7087 /* pr_who exists on:
7088 solaris 2.5+
7089 unixware 4.2
7090 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7091 linux 2.[01]
7092 */
7093 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7094 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7095 #endif
7096 }
7097 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7098 else
7099 {
7100 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7101 note size (ie. data object type). */
7102 return TRUE;
7103 }
7104
7105 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7106 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7107 size, note->descpos + offset);
7108 }
7109 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7110
7111 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7112 static bfd_boolean
7113 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7114 char *name,
7115 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7116 {
7117 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
7118 note->descsz, note->descpos);
7119 }
7120
7121 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7122 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7123 data structure apart. */
7124
7125 static bfd_boolean
7126 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7127 {
7128 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7129 }
7130
7131 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7132 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7133 literally. */
7134
7135 static bfd_boolean
7136 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7137 {
7138 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
7139 }
7140
7141 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7142 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7143 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7144 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7145 #endif
7146 #endif
7147
7148 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7149 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7150 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7151 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7152 #endif
7153 #endif
7154
7155 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7156 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7157 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7158
7159 char *
7160 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
7161 {
7162 char *dups;
7163 char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
7164 size_t len;
7165
7166 if (end == NULL)
7167 len = max;
7168 else
7169 len = end - start;
7170
7171 dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
7172 if (dups == NULL)
7173 return NULL;
7174
7175 memcpy (dups, start, len);
7176 dups[len] = '\0';
7177
7178 return dups;
7179 }
7180
7181 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7182 static bfd_boolean
7183 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7184 {
7185 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
7186 {
7187 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
7188
7189 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7190
7191 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7192 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7193 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7194
7195 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7196 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7197 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7198 }
7199 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7200 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
7201 {
7202 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7203 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
7204
7205 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7206
7207 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7208 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7209 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7210
7211 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7212 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7213 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7214 }
7215 #endif
7216
7217 else
7218 {
7219 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7220 note size (ie. data object type). */
7221 return TRUE;
7222 }
7223
7224 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7225 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7226 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7227
7228 {
7229 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7230 int n = strlen (command);
7231
7232 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7233 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7234 }
7235
7236 return TRUE;
7237 }
7238 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7239
7240 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7241 static bfd_boolean
7242 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7243 {
7244 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
7245 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7246 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
7247 #endif
7248 )
7249 {
7250 pstatus_t pstat;
7251
7252 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7253
7254 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7255 }
7256 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7257 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
7258 {
7259 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7260 pstatus32_t pstat;
7261
7262 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7263
7264 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7265 }
7266 #endif
7267 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7268 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7269 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7270
7271 return TRUE;
7272 }
7273 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7274
7275 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7276 static bfd_boolean
7277 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7278 {
7279 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7280 char buf[100];
7281 char *name;
7282 size_t len;
7283 asection *sect;
7284
7285 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
7286 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7287 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
7288 #endif
7289 )
7290 return TRUE;
7291
7292 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
7293
7294 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
7295 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
7296
7297 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7298
7299 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7300 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7301 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7302 if (name == NULL)
7303 return FALSE;
7304 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7305
7306 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7307 if (sect == NULL)
7308 return FALSE;
7309
7310 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7311 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7312 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7313 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7314 #endif
7315
7316 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7317 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
7318 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
7319 #endif
7320
7321 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7322 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7323
7324 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7325 return FALSE;
7326
7327 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7328
7329 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7330 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7331 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7332 if (name == NULL)
7333 return FALSE;
7334 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7335
7336 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7337 if (sect == NULL)
7338 return FALSE;
7339
7340 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7341 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7342 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7343 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7344 #endif
7345
7346 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7347 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
7348 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
7349 #endif
7350
7351 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7352 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7353
7354 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
7355 }
7356 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7357
7358 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7359 static bfd_boolean
7360 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7361 {
7362 char buf[30];
7363 char *name;
7364 size_t len;
7365 asection *sect;
7366 win32_pstatus_t pstatus;
7367
7368 if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus))
7369 return TRUE;
7370
7371 memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, sizeof (pstatus));
7372
7373 switch (pstatus.data_type)
7374 {
7375 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS:
7376 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7377 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal;
7378 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid;
7379 break;
7380
7381 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD:
7382 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7383 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus.data.thread_info.tid);
7384
7385 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7386 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7387 if (name == NULL)
7388 return FALSE;
7389
7390 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7391
7392 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7393 if (sect == NULL)
7394 return FALSE;
7395
7396 sect->size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context);
7397 sect->filepos = (note->descpos
7398 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus,
7399 data.thread_info.thread_context));
7400 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7401 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7402
7403 if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread)
7404 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7405 return FALSE;
7406 break;
7407
7408 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE:
7409 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7410 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx",
7411 (long) pstatus.data.module_info.base_address);
7412
7413 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7414 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7415 if (name == NULL)
7416 return FALSE;
7417
7418 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7419
7420 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7421
7422 if (sect == NULL)
7423 return FALSE;
7424
7425 sect->size = note->descsz;
7426 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7427 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7428 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7429 break;
7430
7431 default:
7432 return TRUE;
7433 }
7434
7435 return TRUE;
7436 }
7437 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7438
7439 static bfd_boolean
7440 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7441 {
7442 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7443
7444 switch (note->type)
7445 {
7446 default:
7447 return TRUE;
7448
7449 case NT_PRSTATUS:
7450 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
7451 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
7452 return TRUE;
7453 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7454 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
7455 #else
7456 return TRUE;
7457 #endif
7458
7459 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7460 case NT_PSTATUS:
7461 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
7462 #endif
7463
7464 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7465 case NT_LWPSTATUS:
7466 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
7467 #endif
7468
7469 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7470 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
7471
7472 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7473 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
7474 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
7475 #endif
7476
7477 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
7478 if (note->namesz == 6
7479 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7480 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
7481 else
7482 return TRUE;
7483
7484 case NT_PRPSINFO:
7485 case NT_PSINFO:
7486 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
7487 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
7488 return TRUE;
7489 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7490 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
7491 #else
7492 return TRUE;
7493 #endif
7494
7495 case NT_AUXV:
7496 {
7497 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, ".auxv");
7498
7499 if (sect == NULL)
7500 return FALSE;
7501 sect->size = note->descsz;
7502 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7503 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7504 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
7505
7506 return TRUE;
7507 }
7508 }
7509 }
7510
7511 static bfd_boolean
7512 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
7513 {
7514 char *cp;
7515
7516 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
7517 if (cp != NULL)
7518 {
7519 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
7520 return TRUE;
7521 }
7522 return FALSE;
7523 }
7524
7525 static bfd_boolean
7526 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7527 {
7528
7529 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7530 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
7531 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
7532
7533 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7534 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
7535 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
7536
7537 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7538 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7539 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
7540
7541 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7542 note);
7543 }
7544
7545 static bfd_boolean
7546 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7547 {
7548 int lwp;
7549
7550 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
7551 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
7552
7553 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
7554 {
7555 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7556 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7557 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7558 creates a core file. */
7559
7560 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
7561 }
7562
7563 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7564 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7565 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7566 understand it. */
7567
7568 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
7569 return TRUE;
7570
7571
7572 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
7573 {
7574 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7575 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7576
7577 case bfd_arch_alpha:
7578 case bfd_arch_sparc:
7579 switch (note->type)
7580 {
7581 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
7582 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7583
7584 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
7585 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7586
7587 default:
7588 return TRUE;
7589 }
7590
7591 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7592 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7593
7594 default:
7595 switch (note->type)
7596 {
7597 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
7598 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7599
7600 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
7601 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7602
7603 default:
7604 return TRUE;
7605 }
7606 }
7607 /* NOTREACHED */
7608 }
7609
7610 static bfd_boolean
7611 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, pid_t *tid)
7612 {
7613 void *ddata = note->descdata;
7614 char buf[100];
7615 char *name;
7616 asection *sect;
7617 short sig;
7618 unsigned flags;
7619
7620 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7621 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
7622
7623 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7624 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
7625
7626 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7627 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
7628
7629 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7630 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
7631 {
7632 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
7633 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7634 }
7635
7636 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7637 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7638 thread just in case. */
7639 if (flags & 0x00000080)
7640 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7641
7642 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
7643 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", (long) *tid);
7644
7645 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
7646 if (name == NULL)
7647 return FALSE;
7648 strcpy (name, buf);
7649
7650 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7651 if (sect == NULL)
7652 return FALSE;
7653
7654 sect->size = note->descsz;
7655 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7656 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7657 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7658
7659 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
7660 }
7661
7662 static bfd_boolean
7663 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
7664 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
7665 pid_t tid,
7666 char *base)
7667 {
7668 char buf[100];
7669 char *name;
7670 asection *sect;
7671
7672 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
7673 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, (long) tid);
7674
7675 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
7676 if (name == NULL)
7677 return FALSE;
7678 strcpy (name, buf);
7679
7680 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
7681 if (sect == NULL)
7682 return FALSE;
7683
7684 sect->size = note->descsz;
7685 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7686 sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7687 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7688
7689 /* This is the current thread. */
7690 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
7691 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
7692
7693 return TRUE;
7694 }
7695
7696 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
7697 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
7698 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
7699 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
7700
7701 static bfd_boolean
7702 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7703 {
7704 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
7705 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
7706 function. */
7707 static pid_t tid = 1;
7708
7709 switch (note->type)
7710 {
7711 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
7712 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
7713 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
7714 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
7715 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
7716 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
7717 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
7718 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
7719 default:
7720 return TRUE;
7721 }
7722 }
7723
7724 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
7725
7726 Inputs:
7727 buffer to hold note
7728 name of note
7729 type of note
7730 data for note
7731 size of data for note
7732
7733 Return:
7734 End of buffer containing note. */
7735
7736 char *
7737 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
7738 char *buf,
7739 int *bufsiz,
7740 const char *name,
7741 int type,
7742 const void *input,
7743 int size)
7744 {
7745 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
7746 size_t namesz;
7747 size_t pad;
7748 size_t newspace;
7749 char *p, *dest;
7750
7751 namesz = 0;
7752 pad = 0;
7753 if (name != NULL)
7754 {
7755 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7756
7757 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
7758 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7759 pad = -namesz & ((1 << bed->s->log_file_align) - 1);
7760 }
7761
7762 newspace = 12 + namesz + pad + size;
7763
7764 p = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
7765 dest = p + *bufsiz;
7766 *bufsiz += newspace;
7767 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
7768 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
7769 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
7770 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
7771 dest = xnp->name;
7772 if (name != NULL)
7773 {
7774 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
7775 dest += namesz;
7776 while (pad != 0)
7777 {
7778 *dest++ = '\0';
7779 --pad;
7780 }
7781 }
7782 memcpy (dest, input, size);
7783 return p;
7784 }
7785
7786 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7787 char *
7788 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
7789 char *buf,
7790 int *bufsiz,
7791 const char *fname,
7792 const char *psargs)
7793 {
7794 int note_type;
7795 char *note_name = "CORE";
7796
7797 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7798 psinfo_t data;
7799 note_type = NT_PSINFO;
7800 #else
7801 prpsinfo_t data;
7802 note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
7803 #endif
7804
7805 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
7806 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
7807 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
7808 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7809 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
7810 }
7811 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
7812
7813 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7814 char *
7815 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
7816 char *buf,
7817 int *bufsiz,
7818 long pid,
7819 int cursig,
7820 const void *gregs)
7821 {
7822 prstatus_t prstat;
7823 char *note_name = "CORE";
7824
7825 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
7826 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
7827 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
7828 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
7829 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7830 note_name, NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
7831 }
7832 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
7833
7834 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7835 char *
7836 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
7837 char *buf,
7838 int *bufsiz,
7839 long pid,
7840 int cursig,
7841 const void *gregs)
7842 {
7843 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7844 char *note_name = "CORE";
7845
7846 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
7847 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
7848 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
7849 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7850 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
7851 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7852 #if !defined(gregs)
7853 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
7854 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
7855 #else
7856 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
7857 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
7858 #endif
7859 #endif
7860 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
7861 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
7862 }
7863 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
7864
7865 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7866 char *
7867 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
7868 char *buf,
7869 int *bufsiz,
7870 long pid,
7871 int cursig,
7872 const void *gregs)
7873 {
7874 pstatus_t pstat;
7875 char *note_name = "CORE";
7876
7877 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
7878 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
7879 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
7880 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
7881 return buf;
7882 }
7883 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
7884
7885 char *
7886 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
7887 char *buf,
7888 int *bufsiz,
7889 const void *fpregs,
7890 int size)
7891 {
7892 char *note_name = "CORE";
7893 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7894 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
7895 }
7896
7897 char *
7898 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
7899 char *buf,
7900 int *bufsiz,
7901 const void *xfpregs,
7902 int size)
7903 {
7904 char *note_name = "LINUX";
7905 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
7906 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
7907 }
7908
7909 static bfd_boolean
7910 elfcore_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
7911 {
7912 char *buf;
7913 char *p;
7914
7915 if (size <= 0)
7916 return TRUE;
7917
7918 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
7919 return FALSE;
7920
7921 buf = bfd_malloc (size);
7922 if (buf == NULL)
7923 return FALSE;
7924
7925 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size)
7926 {
7927 error:
7928 free (buf);
7929 return FALSE;
7930 }
7931
7932 p = buf;
7933 while (p < buf + size)
7934 {
7935 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
7936 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
7937 Elf_Internal_Note in;
7938
7939 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
7940
7941 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
7942 in.namedata = xnp->name;
7943
7944 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
7945 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
7946 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
7947
7948 if (strncmp (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0)
7949 {
7950 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
7951 goto error;
7952 }
7953 else if (strncmp (in.namedata, "QNX", 3) == 0)
7954 {
7955 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
7956 goto error;
7957 }
7958 else
7959 {
7960 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
7961 goto error;
7962 }
7963
7964 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
7965 }
7966
7967 free (buf);
7968 return TRUE;
7969 }
7970 \f
7971 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
7972
7973 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
7974 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
7975 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
7976
7977 long
7978 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
7979 {
7980 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7981 {
7982 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
7983 return -1;
7984 }
7985
7986 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
7987 }
7988
7989 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
7990 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
7991 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
7992 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
7993
7994 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
7995 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
7996
7997 int
7998 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
7999 {
8000 int num_phdrs;
8001
8002 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8003 {
8004 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8005 return -1;
8006 }
8007
8008 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
8009 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
8010 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
8011
8012 return num_phdrs;
8013 }
8014
8015 void
8016 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char *buf, bfd_vma value)
8017 {
8018 #ifdef BFD64
8019 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8020
8021 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8022 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
8023 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
8024 else
8025 {
8026 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8027 {
8028 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8029 sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value);
8030 #else
8031 sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value),
8032 _bfd_int64_low (value));
8033 #endif
8034 }
8035 else
8036 sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8037 }
8038 #else
8039 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
8040 #endif
8041 }
8042
8043 void
8044 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *stream, bfd_vma value)
8045 {
8046 #ifdef BFD64
8047 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8048
8049 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8050 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
8051 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8052 else
8053 {
8054 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8055 {
8056 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8057 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value);
8058 #else
8059 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx",
8060 _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value));
8061 #endif
8062 }
8063 else
8064 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx",
8065 (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8066 }
8067 #else
8068 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8069 #endif
8070 }
8071
8072 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8073 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8074 {
8075 return reloc_class_normal;
8076 }
8077
8078 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8079 relocation against a local symbol. */
8080
8081 bfd_vma
8082 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8083 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8084 asection **psec,
8085 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
8086 {
8087 asection *sec = *psec;
8088 bfd_vma relocation;
8089
8090 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
8091 + sec->output_offset
8092 + sym->st_value);
8093 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
8094 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
8095 && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8096 {
8097 rel->r_addend =
8098 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8099 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8100 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
8101 if (sec != *psec)
8102 {
8103 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8104 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8105 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8106 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8107 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8108 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
8109 sec->kept_section = *psec;
8110 sec = *psec;
8111 }
8112 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
8113 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8114 }
8115 return relocation;
8116 }
8117
8118 bfd_vma
8119 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8120 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8121 asection **psec,
8122 bfd_vma addend)
8123 {
8124 asection *sec = *psec;
8125
8126 if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8127 return sym->st_value + addend;
8128
8129 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8130 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8131 sym->st_value + addend);
8132 }
8133
8134 bfd_vma
8135 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
8136 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8137 asection *sec,
8138 bfd_vma offset)
8139 {
8140 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
8141 {
8142 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
8143 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8144 offset);
8145 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
8146 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
8147 default:
8148 return offset;
8149 }
8150 }
8151 \f
8152 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8153 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8154 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8155 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8156 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8157 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8158
8159 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8160 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8161 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8162 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8163 the remote memory. */
8164
8165 bfd *
8166 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8167 (bfd *templ,
8168 bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
8169 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
8170 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int))
8171 {
8172 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
8173 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
8174 }
8175 \f
8176 long
8177 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8178 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8179 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8180 long dynsymcount,
8181 asymbol **dynsyms,
8182 asymbol **ret)
8183 {
8184 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8185 asection *relplt;
8186 asymbol *s;
8187 const char *relplt_name;
8188 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8189 arelent *p;
8190 long count, i, n;
8191 size_t size;
8192 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8193 char *names;
8194 asection *plt;
8195
8196 *ret = NULL;
8197
8198 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
8199 return 0;
8200
8201 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
8202 return 0;
8203
8204 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
8205 return 0;
8206
8207 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
8208 if (relplt_name == NULL)
8209 relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8210 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
8211 if (relplt == NULL)
8212 return 0;
8213
8214 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
8215 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8216 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
8217 return 0;
8218
8219 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
8220 if (plt == NULL)
8221 return 0;
8222
8223 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8224 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
8225 return -1;
8226
8227 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
8228 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
8229 p = relplt->relocation;
8230 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
8231 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
8232
8233 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
8234 if (s == NULL)
8235 return -1;
8236
8237 names = (char *) (s + count);
8238 p = relplt->relocation;
8239 n = 0;
8240 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
8241 {
8242 size_t len;
8243 bfd_vma addr;
8244
8245 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
8246 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
8247 continue;
8248
8249 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
8250 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8251 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8252 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
8253 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
8254 s->section = plt;
8255 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
8256 s->name = names;
8257 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
8258 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
8259 names += len;
8260 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8261 names += sizeof ("@plt");
8262 ++n;
8263 }
8264
8265 return n;
8266 }
8267
8268 /* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions
8269 sorted by section at the beginning. */
8270
8271 static int
8272 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
8273 {
8274 const Elf_Internal_Sym *s1;
8275 const Elf_Internal_Sym *s2;
8276 int shndx;
8277
8278 /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */
8279 s1 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg1;
8280 if (s1->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8281 return 1;
8282 s2 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg2;
8283 if (s2->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8284 return -1;
8285
8286 /* Sorted by section index. */
8287 shndx = s1->st_shndx - s2->st_shndx;
8288 if (shndx != 0)
8289 return shndx;
8290
8291 /* Sorted by binding. */
8292 return ELF_ST_BIND (s1->st_info) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2->st_info);
8293 }
8294
8295 struct elf_symbol
8296 {
8297 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
8298 const char *name;
8299 };
8300
8301 static int
8302 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
8303 {
8304 const struct elf_symbol *s1 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg1;
8305 const struct elf_symbol *s2 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg2;
8306 return strcmp (s1->name, s2->name);
8307 }
8308
8309 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8310 symbols. */
8311
8312 bfd_boolean
8313 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection *sec1, asection *sec2)
8314 {
8315 bfd *bfd1, *bfd2;
8316 const struct elf_backend_data *bed1, *bed2;
8317 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr1, *hdr2;
8318 bfd_size_type symcount1, symcount2;
8319 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf1, *isymbuf2;
8320 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymstart1 = NULL, *isymstart2 = NULL, *isym;
8321 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
8322 struct elf_symbol *symp, *symtable1 = NULL, *symtable2 = NULL;
8323 bfd_size_type count1, count2, i;
8324 int shndx1, shndx2;
8325 bfd_boolean result;
8326
8327 bfd1 = sec1->owner;
8328 bfd2 = sec2->owner;
8329
8330 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8331 section name. */
8332 if (strncmp (sec1->name, ".gnu.linkonce",
8333 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
8334 && strncmp (sec2->name, ".gnu.linkonce",
8335 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0)
8336 return strcmp (sec1->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8337 sec2->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8338
8339 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8340 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8341 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8342 return FALSE;
8343
8344 if (elf_section_type (sec1) != elf_section_type (sec2))
8345 return FALSE;
8346
8347 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1) & SHF_GROUP) != 0
8348 && (elf_section_flags (sec2) & SHF_GROUP) != 0)
8349 {
8350 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8351 same group name. */
8352 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1), elf_group_name (sec2)) != 0)
8353 return FALSE;
8354 }
8355
8356 shndx1 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1, sec1);
8357 shndx2 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2, sec2);
8358 if (shndx1 == -1 || shndx2 == -1)
8359 return FALSE;
8360
8361 bed1 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd1);
8362 bed2 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd2);
8363 hdr1 = &elf_tdata (bfd1)->symtab_hdr;
8364 symcount1 = hdr1->sh_size / bed1->s->sizeof_sym;
8365 hdr2 = &elf_tdata (bfd2)->symtab_hdr;
8366 symcount2 = hdr2->sh_size / bed2->s->sizeof_sym;
8367
8368 if (symcount1 == 0 || symcount2 == 0)
8369 return FALSE;
8370
8371 isymbuf1 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1, hdr1, symcount1, 0,
8372 NULL, NULL, NULL);
8373 isymbuf2 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2, hdr2, symcount2, 0,
8374 NULL, NULL, NULL);
8375
8376 result = FALSE;
8377 if (isymbuf1 == NULL || isymbuf2 == NULL)
8378 goto done;
8379
8380 /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
8381 the beginning. */
8382 qsort (isymbuf1, symcount1, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym),
8383 elf_sort_elf_symbol);
8384 qsort (isymbuf2, symcount2, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym),
8385 elf_sort_elf_symbol);
8386
8387 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8388 count1 = 0;
8389 for (isym = isymbuf1, isymend = isym + symcount1;
8390 isym < isymend; isym++)
8391 {
8392 if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx1)
8393 {
8394 if (count1 == 0)
8395 isymstart1 = isym;
8396 count1++;
8397 }
8398
8399 if (count1 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx1)
8400 break;
8401 }
8402
8403 count2 = 0;
8404 for (isym = isymbuf2, isymend = isym + symcount2;
8405 isym < isymend; isym++)
8406 {
8407 if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx2)
8408 {
8409 if (count2 == 0)
8410 isymstart2 = isym;
8411 count2++;
8412 }
8413
8414 if (count2 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx2)
8415 break;
8416 }
8417
8418 if (count1 == 0 || count2 == 0 || count1 != count2)
8419 goto done;
8420
8421 symtable1 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol));
8422 symtable2 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol));
8423
8424 if (symtable1 == NULL || symtable2 == NULL)
8425 goto done;
8426
8427 symp = symtable1;
8428 for (isym = isymstart1, isymend = isym + count1;
8429 isym < isymend; isym++)
8430 {
8431 symp->sym = isym;
8432 symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1,
8433 hdr1->sh_link,
8434 isym->st_name);
8435 symp++;
8436 }
8437
8438 symp = symtable2;
8439 for (isym = isymstart2, isymend = isym + count1;
8440 isym < isymend; isym++)
8441 {
8442 symp->sym = isym;
8443 symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2,
8444 hdr2->sh_link,
8445 isym->st_name);
8446 symp++;
8447 }
8448
8449 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8450 qsort (symtable1, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol),
8451 elf_sym_name_compare);
8452 qsort (symtable2, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol),
8453 elf_sym_name_compare);
8454
8455 for (i = 0; i < count1; i++)
8456 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8457 if (symtable1 [i].sym->st_info != symtable2 [i].sym->st_info
8458 || symtable1 [i].sym->st_other != symtable2 [i].sym->st_other
8459 || strcmp (symtable1 [i].name, symtable2 [i].name) != 0)
8460 goto done;
8461
8462 result = TRUE;
8463
8464 done:
8465 if (symtable1)
8466 free (symtable1);
8467 if (symtable2)
8468 free (symtable2);
8469 if (isymbuf1)
8470 free (isymbuf1);
8471 if (isymbuf2)
8472 free (isymbuf2);
8473
8474 return result;
8475 }
8476
8477 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8478 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8479 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
8480 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON",
8481 0);
8482
8483 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8484
8485 bfd_boolean
8486 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd *abfd, const asection *asec,
8487 bfd *bbfd, const asection *bsec)
8488 {
8489 if (asec == NULL
8490 || bsec == NULL
8491 || abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8492 || bbfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8493 return TRUE;
8494
8495 return elf_section_type (asec) == elf_section_type (bsec);
8496 }